Search Results

Search found 6152 results on 247 pages for 'known'.

Page 246/247 | < Previous Page | 242 243 244 245 246 247  | Next Page >

  • Authoritative sources about Database vs. Flatfile decision

    - by FastAl
    <tldr>looking for a reference to a book or other undeniably authoritative source that gives reasons when you should choose a database vs. when you should choose other storage methods. I have provided an un-authoritative list of reasons about 2/3 of the way down this post.</tldr> I have a situation at my company where a database is being used where it would be better to use another solution (in this case, an auto-generated piece of source code that contains a static lookup table, searched by binary sort). Normally, a database would be an OK solution even though the problem does not require a database, e.g, none of the elements of ACID are needed, as it is read-only data, updated about every 3-5 years (also requiring other sourcecode changes), and fits in memory, and can be keyed into via binary search (a tad faster than db, but speed is not an issue). The problem is that this code runs on our enterprise server, but is shared with several PC platforms (some disconnected, some use a central DB, etc.), and parts of it are managed by multiple programming units, parts by the DBAs, parts even by mathematicians in another department, etc. These hit their own platform’s version of their databases (containing their own copy of the static data). What happens is that every implementation, every little change, something different goes wrong. There are many other issues as well. I can’t even use a flatfile, because one mode of running on our enterprise server does not have permission to read files (only databases, and of course, its own literal storage, e.g., in-source table). Of course, other parts of the system use databases in proper, less obscure manners; there is no problem with those parts. So why don’t we just change it? I don’t have administrative ability to force a change. But I’m affected because sometimes I have to help fix the problems, but mostly because it causes outages and tons of extra IT time by other programmers and d*mmit that makes me mad! The reason neither management, nor the designers of the system, can see the problem is that they propose a solution that won’t work: increase communication; implement more safeguards and standards; etc. But every time, in a different part of the already-pared-down but still multi-step processes, a few different diligent, hard-working, top performing IT personnel make a unique subtle error that causes it to fail, sometimes after the last round of testing! And in general these are not single-person failures, but understandable miscommunications. And communication at our company is actually better than most. People just don't think that's the case because they haven't dug into the matter. However, I have it on very good word from somebody with extensive formal study of sociology and psychology that the relatively small amount of less-than-proper database usage in this gigantic cross-platform multi-source, multi-language project is bureaucratically un-maintainable. Impossible. No chance. At least with Human Beings in the loop, and it can’t be automated. In addition, the management and developers who could change this, though intelligent and capable, don’t understand the rigidity of this ‘how humans are’ issue, and are not convincible on the matter. The reason putting the static data in sourcecode will solve the problem is, although the solution is less sexy than a database, it would function with no technical drawbacks; and since the sharing of sourcecode already works very well, you basically erase any database-related effort from this section of the project, along with all the drawbacks of it that are causing problems. OK, that’s the background, for the curious. I won’t be able to convince management that this is an unfixable sociological problem, and that the real solution is coding around these limits of human nature, just as you would code around a bug in a 3rd party component that you can’t change. So what I have to do is exploit the unsuitableness of the database solution, and not do it using logic, but rather authority. I am aware of many reasons, and posts on this site giving reasons for one over the other; I’m not looking for lists of reasons like these (although you can add a comment if I've miss a doozy): WHY USE A DATABASE? instead of flatfile/other DB vs. file: if you need... Random Read / Transparent search optimization Advanced / varied / customizable Searching and sorting capabilities Transaction/rollback Locks, semaphores Concurrency control / Shared users Security 1-many/m-m is easier Easy modification Scalability Load Balancing Random updates / inserts / deletes Advanced query Administrative control of design, etc. SQL / learning curve Debugging / Logging Centralized / Live Backup capabilities Cached queries / dvlp & cache execution plans Interleaved update/read Referential integrity, avoid redundant/missing/corrupt/out-of-sync data Reporting (from on olap or oltp db) / turnkey generation tools [Disadvantages:] Important to get right the first time - professional design - but only b/c it's meant to last s/w & h/w cost Usu. over a network, speed issue (best vs. best design vs. local=even then a separate process req's marshalling/netwk layers/inter-p comm) indicies and query processing can stand in the way of simple processing (vs. flatfile) WHY USE FLATFILE: If you only need... Sequential Row processing only Limited usage append only (no reading, no master key/update) Only Update the record you're reading (fixed length recs only) Too big to fit into memory If Local disk / read-ahead network connection Portability / small system Email / cut & Paste / store as document by novice - simple format Low design learning curve but high cost later WHY USE IN-MEMORY/TABLE (tables, arrays, etc.): if you need... Processing a single db/ff record that was imported Known size of data Static data if hardcoding the table Narrow, unchanging use (e.g., one program or proc) -includes a class that will be shared, but encapsulates its data manipulation Extreme speed needed / high transaction frequency Random access - but search is dependent on implementation Following are some other posts about the topic: http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1499239/database-vs-flat-text-file-what-are-some-technical-reasons-for-choosing-one-over http://stackoverflow.com/questions/332825/are-flat-file-databases-any-good http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2356851/database-vs-flat-files http://stackoverflow.com/questions/514455/databases-vs-plain-text/514530 What I’d like to know is if anybody could recommend a hard, authoritative source containing these reasons. I’m looking for a paper book I can buy, or a reputable website with whitepapers about the issue (e.g., Microsoft, IBM), not counting the user-generated content on those sites. This will have a greater change to elicit a change that I’m looking for: less wasted programmer time, and more reliable programs. Thanks very much for your help. You win a prize for reading such a large post!

    Read the article

  • How do I prove I should put a table of values in source code instead of a database table?

    - by FastAl
    <tldr>looking for a reference to a book or other undeniably authoritative source that gives reasons when you should choose a database vs. when you should choose other storage methods. I have provided an un-authoritative list of reasons about 2/3 of the way down this post.</tldr> I have a situation at my company where a database is being used where it would be better to use another solution (in this case, an auto-generated piece of source code that contains a static lookup table, searched by binary sort). Normally, a database would be an OK solution even though the problem does not require a database, e.g, none of the elements of ACID are needed, as it is read-only data, updated about every 3-5 years (also requiring other sourcecode changes), and fits in memory, and can be keyed into via binary search (a tad faster than db, but speed is not an issue). The problem is that this code runs on our enterprise server, but is shared with several PC platforms (some disconnected, some use a central DB, etc.), and parts of it are managed by multiple programming units, parts by the DBAs, parts even by mathematicians in another department, etc. These hit their own platform’s version of their databases (containing their own copy of the static data). What happens is that every implementation, every little change, something different goes wrong. There are many other issues as well. I can’t even use a flatfile, because one mode of running on our enterprise server does not have permission to read files (only databases, and of course, its own literal storage, e.g., in-source table). Of course, other parts of the system use databases in proper, less obscure manners; there is no problem with those parts. So why don’t we just change it? I don’t have administrative ability to force a change. But I’m affected because sometimes I have to help fix the problems, but mostly because it causes outages and tons of extra IT time by other programmers and d*mmit that makes me mad! The reason neither management, nor the designers of the system, can see the problem is that they propose a solution that won’t work: increase communication; implement more safeguards and standards; etc. But every time, in a different part of the already-pared-down but still multi-step processes, a few different diligent, hard-working, top performing IT personnel make a unique subtle error that causes it to fail, sometimes after the last round of testing! And in general these are not single-person failures, but understandable miscommunications. And communication at our company is actually better than most. People just don't think that's the case because they haven't dug into the matter. However, I have it on very good word from somebody with extensive formal study of sociology and psychology that the relatively small amount of less-than-proper database usage in this gigantic cross-platform multi-source, multi-language project is bureaucratically un-maintainable. Impossible. No chance. At least with Human Beings in the loop, and it can’t be automated. In addition, the management and developers who could change this, though intelligent and capable, don’t understand the rigidity of this ‘how humans are’ issue, and are not convincible on the matter. The reason putting the static data in sourcecode will solve the problem is, although the solution is less sexy than a database, it would function with no technical drawbacks; and since the sharing of sourcecode already works very well, you basically erase any database-related effort from this section of the project, along with all the drawbacks of it that are causing problems. OK, that’s the background, for the curious. I won’t be able to convince management that this is an unfixable sociological problem, and that the real solution is coding around these limits of human nature, just as you would code around a bug in a 3rd party component that you can’t change. So what I have to do is exploit the unsuitableness of the database solution, and not do it using logic, but rather authority. I am aware of many reasons, and posts on this site giving reasons for one over the other; I’m not looking for lists of reasons like these (although you can add a comment if I've miss a doozy): WHY USE A DATABASE? instead of flatfile/other DB vs. file: if you need... Random Read / Transparent search optimization Advanced / varied / customizable Searching and sorting capabilities Transaction/rollback Locks, semaphores Concurrency control / Shared users Security 1-many/m-m is easier Easy modification Scalability Load Balancing Random updates / inserts / deletes Advanced query Administrative control of design, etc. SQL / learning curve Debugging / Logging Centralized / Live Backup capabilities Cached queries / dvlp & cache execution plans Interleaved update/read Referential integrity, avoid redundant/missing/corrupt/out-of-sync data Reporting (from on olap or oltp db) / turnkey generation tools [Disadvantages:] Important to get right the first time - professional design - but only b/c it's meant to last s/w & h/w cost Usu. over a network, speed issue (best vs. best design vs. local=even then a separate process req's marshalling/netwk layers/inter-p comm) indicies and query processing can stand in the way of simple processing (vs. flatfile) WHY USE FLATFILE: If you only need... Sequential Row processing only Limited usage append only (no reading, no master key/update) Only Update the record you're reading (fixed length recs only) Too big to fit into memory If Local disk / read-ahead network connection Portability / small system Email / cut & Paste / store as document by novice - simple format Low design learning curve but high cost later WHY USE IN-MEMORY/TABLE (tables, arrays, etc.): if you need... Processing a single db/ff record that was imported Known size of data Static data if hardcoding the table Narrow, unchanging use (e.g., one program or proc) -includes a class that will be shared, but encapsulates its data manipulation Extreme speed needed / high transaction frequency Random access - but search is dependent on implementation Following are some other posts about the topic: http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1499239/database-vs-flat-text-file-what-are-some-technical-reasons-for-choosing-one-over http://stackoverflow.com/questions/332825/are-flat-file-databases-any-good http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2356851/database-vs-flat-files http://stackoverflow.com/questions/514455/databases-vs-plain-text/514530 What I’d like to know is if anybody could recommend a hard, authoritative source containing these reasons. I’m looking for a paper book I can buy, or a reputable website with whitepapers about the issue (e.g., Microsoft, IBM), not counting the user-generated content on those sites. This will have a greater change to elicit a change that I’m looking for: less wasted programmer time, and more reliable programs. Thanks very much for your help. You win a prize for reading such a large post!

    Read the article

  • IE7 doesn't render part of page until the window resizes or switch between tabs

    - by BlackMael
    I have a problem with IE7. I have a fixed layout for keeping the header and a sidepanel fixed on a page leaving only the "main content" area switch can happily scroll it's content. This layout works perfectly fine for IE6 and IE8, but sometimes one page may start "hiding" the content that should be showing in the "main content" area. The page finishes loading just fine. For a split second IE7 will render the main content just fine and then it will immediately hide it from view.. somewhere.. It would also seem that it only experiences this problem when there is enough content to force the "main content" area to scroll. By resizing the window or switching to another open tab and back again will cause IE7 to show the page as it was intended. Note the same problem does occur with IE8 in compatibility mode, but the page is rendered correctly in IE8 mode. If need be I can attach the basic CSS styling I use, but I first want to see if this is a known issue with IE7. Does IE7 have issues with positioned layout and overflow scrolling that is sometimes likes to forgot to finish rendering the page correctly until some window redraw event forces to finish rendering? Please remember, this exact same layout is used across multiple pages in the site as it is set up in a master page. It is just (in this case) one page that is experiencing this problem. Other pages with the exact same layout do render correctly. Even if the main content is full enough to also scroll. UPDATE: A related question which doesn't have an answer at this point. LATE UPDATE: Adding example masterpage and css Please note this same layout is the same for all the pages in the application. My problem with IE7 only occurs on one such page. All other pages have happily render correctly in IE7. Just one page, using the exact same layout, has issues where it sometimes hides the content in the "work-space" div. The master page <%@ Master Language="VB" CodeFile="MasterPage.master.vb" Inherits="shared_templates_MasterPage" %> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head runat="server"> <title></title> <link rel="Stylesheet" type="text/css" href="~/common/yui/2.7.0/build/reset-fonts/reset-fonts.css" runat="server" /> <link rel="Stylesheet" type="text/css" href="~/shared/css/layout.css" runat="server" /> <asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="head" runat="server" /> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <asp:ScriptManager ID="ScriptManager1" runat="server" /> <div id="app-header"> </div> <div id="side-panel"> </div> <div id="work-space"> <asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="WorkSpaceContentPlaceHolder" runat="server" /> </div> <div id="status-bar"> <asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="StatusBarContentPlaceHolder" runat="server" /> </div> </form> </body> </html> The layout.css html { overflow: hidden; } body { overflow: hidden; padding: 0; margin: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; background-color: white; } body, table, td, th, select, textarea, input { font-family: Tahoma, Arial, Sans-Serif; font-size: 9pt; } p { padding-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; } #app-header { position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 80px; background-color: #dcdcdc; border-bottom: solid 4px #000; } #side-panel { position: absolute; top: 84px; left: 0px; bottom: 0px; overflow: auto; padding: 0; margin: 0; width: 227px; background-color: #AABCCA; border-right: solid 1px black; background-repeat: repeat-x; padding-top: 5px; } #work-space { position: absolute; top: 84px; left: 232px; right: 0px; padding: 0; margin: 0; bottom: 22px; overflow: auto; background-color: White; } #status-bar { position: absolute; height: 20px; left: 228px; right: 0px; padding: 0; margin: 0; bottom: 0px; border-top: solid 1px #c0c0c0; background-color: #f0f0f0; } The Default.aspx <%@ Page Title="Test" Language="VB" MasterPageFile="~/shared/templates/MasterPage.master" AutoEventWireup="false" CodeFile="Default.aspx.vb" Inherits="_Default" %> <asp:Content ID="WorkspaceContent" ContentPlaceHolderID="WorkSpaceContentPlaceHolder" Runat="Server"> Workspace <asp:ListView ID="DemoListView" runat="server" DataSourceID="DemoObjectDataSource" ItemPlaceholderID="DemoPlaceHolder"> <LayoutTemplate> <table style="border: 1px solid #a0a0a0; width: 600px"> <colgroup> <col width="80" /> <col /> <col width="80" /> <col width="120" /> </colgroup> <tbody> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="DemoPlaceHolder" runat="server" /> </tbody> </table> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <tr> <th><%#Eval("ID")%></th> <td><%#Eval("Name")%></td> <td><%#Eval("Size")%></td> <td><%#Eval("CreatedOn", "{0:yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss}")%></td> </tr> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> <asp:ObjectDataSource ID="DemoObjectDataSource" runat="server" OldValuesParameterFormatString="original_{0}" SelectMethod="GetData" TypeName="DemoLogic"> <SelectParameters> <asp:Parameter Name="path" Type="String" /> </SelectParameters> </asp:ObjectDataSource> </asp:Content> <asp:Content ID="StatusContent" ContentPlaceHolderID="StatusBarContentPlaceHolder" Runat="Server"> Ready OK. </asp:Content>

    Read the article

  • Why does C qicksort function implementation works much slower (tape comparations, tape swapping) than bobble sort function?

    - by Artur Mustafin
    I'm going to implement a toy tape "mainframe" for a students, showing the quickness of "quicksort" class functions (recursive or not, does not really matters, due to the slow hardware, and well known stack reversal techniques) comparatively to the "bubblesort" function class, so, while I'm clear about the hardware implementation ans controllers, i guessed that quicksort function is much faster that other ones in terms of sequence, order and comparation distance (it is much faster to rewind the tape from the middle than from the very end, because of different speed of rewind). Unfortunately, this is not the true, this simple "bubble" code shows great improvements comparatively to the "quicksort" functions in terms of comparison distances, direction and number of comparisons and writes. So I have 3 questions: Does I have mistaken in my implememtation of quicksort function? Does I have mistaken in my implememtation of bubblesoft function? If not, why the "bubblesort" function is works much faster in (comparison and write operations) than "quicksort" function? I already have a "quicksort" function: void quicksort(float *a, long l, long r, const compare_function& compare) { long i=l, j=r, temp, m=(l+r)/2; if (l == r) return; if (l == r-1) { if (compare(a, l, r)) { swap(a, l, r); } return; } if (l < r-1) { while (1) { i = l; j = r; while (i < m && !compare(a, i, m)) i++; while (m < j && !compare(a, m, j)) j--; if (i >= j) { break; } swap(a, i, j); } if (l < m) quicksort(a, l, m, compare); if (m < r) quicksort(a, m, r, compare); return; } } and the kind of my own implememtation of the "bubblesort" function: void bubblesort(float *a, long l, long r, const compare_function& compare) { long i, j, k; if (l == r) { return; } if (l == r-1) { if (compare(a, l, r)) { swap(a, l, r); } return; } if (l < r-1) { while(l < r) { i = l; j = l; while (i < r) { i++; if (!compare(a, j, i)) { continue; } j = i; } if (l < j) { swap(a, l, j); } l++; i = r; k = r; while(l < i) { i--; if (!compare(a, i, k)) { continue; } k = i; } if (k < r) { swap(a, k, r); } r--; } return; } } I have used this sort functions in a test sample code, like this: #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <math.h> #include <conio.h> long swap_count; long compare_count; typedef long (*compare_function)(float *, long, long ); typedef void (*sort_function)(float *, long , long , const compare_function& ); void init(float *, long ); void print(float *, long ); void sort(float *, long, const sort_function& ); void swap(float *a, long l, long r); long less(float *a, long l, long r); long greater(float *a, long l, long r); void bubblesort(float *, long , long , const compare_function& ); void quicksort(float *, long , long , const compare_function& ); void main() { int n; printf("n="); scanf("%d",&n); printf("\r\n"); long i; float *a = (float *)malloc(n*n*sizeof(float)); sort(a, n, &bubblesort); print(a, n); sort(a, n, &quicksort); print(a, n); free(a); } long less(float *a, long l, long r) { compare_count++; return *(a+l) < *(a+r) ? 1 : 0; } long greater(float *a, long l, long r) { compare_count++; return *(a+l) > *(a+r) ? 1 : 0; } void swap(float *a, long l, long r) { swap_count++; float temp; temp = *(a+l); *(a+l) = *(a+r); *(a+r) = temp; } float tg(float x) { return tan(x); } float ctg(float x) { return 1.0/tan(x); } void init(float *m,long n) { long i,j; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { for (j=0; j< n; j++) { m[i + j*n] = tg(0.2*(i+1)) + ctg(0.3*(j+1)); } } } void print(float *m, long n) { long i, j; for(i = 0; i < n; i++) { for(j = 0; j < n; j++) { printf(" %5.1f", m[i + j*n]); } printf("\r\n"); } printf("\r\n"); } void sort(float *a, long n, const sort_function& sort) { long i, sort_compare = 0, sort_swap = 0; init(a,n); for(i = 0; i < n*n; i+=n) { if (fmod (i / n, 2) == 0) { compare_count = 0; swap_count = 0; sort(a, i, i+n-1, &less); if (swap_count == 0) { compare_count = 0; sort(a, i, i+n-1, &greater); } sort_compare += compare_count; sort_swap += swap_count; } } printf("compare=%ld\r\n", sort_compare); printf("swap=%ld\r\n", sort_swap); printf("\r\n"); }

    Read the article

  • Mediawiki authenication replacement showing "Login Required" instead of signing user into wiki

    - by arcdegree
    I'm fairly to MediaWiki and needed a way to automatically log users in after they authenticated to a central server (which creates a session and cookie for applications to use). I wrote a custom authentication extension based off of the LDAP Authentication extension and a few others. The extension simply needs to read some session data to create or update a user and then log them in automatically. All the authentication is handled externally. A user would not be able to even access the wiki website without logging in externally. This extension was placed into production which replaced the old standard MediaWiki authentication system. I also merged user accounts to prepare for the change. By default, a user must be logged in to view, edit, or otherwise do anything in the wiki. My problem is that I found if a user had previously used the built-in MediaWiki authentication system and returned to the wiki, my extension would attempt to auto-login the user, however, they would see a "Login Required" page instead of the page they requested like they were an anonymous user. If the user then refreshed the page, they would be able to navigate, edit, etc. From what I can tell, this issue resolves itself after the UserID cookie is reset or created fresh (but has been known to strangely come up sometimes). To replicate, if there is an older User ID in the "USERID" cookie, the user is shown the "Login Required" page which is a poor user experience. Another way of showing this page is by removing the user account from the database and refreshing the wiki page. As a result, the user will again see the "Login Required" page. Does anyone know how I can use debugging to find out why MediaWiki thinks the user is not signed in when the cookies are set properly and all it takes is a page refresh? Here is my extension (simplified a little for this post): <?php $wgExtensionCredits['parserhook'][] = array ( 'name' => 'MyExtension', 'author' => '', ); if (!class_exists('AuthPlugin')) { require_once ( 'AuthPlugin.php' ); } class MyExtensionPlugin extends AuthPlugin { function userExists($username) { return true; } function authenticate($username, $password) { $id = $_SESSION['id']; if($username = $id) { return true; } else { return false; } } function updateUser(& $user) { $name = $user->getName(); $user->load(); $user->mPassword = ''; $user->mNewpassword = ''; $user->mNewpassTime = null; $user->setRealName($_SESSION['name']); $user->setEmail($_SESSION['email']); $user->mEmailAuthenticated = wfTimestampNow(); $user->saveSettings(); return true; } function modifyUITemplate(& $template) { $template->set('useemail', false); $template->set('remember', false); $template->set('create', false); $template->set('domain', false); $template->set('usedomain', false); } function autoCreate() { return true; } function disallowPrefsEditByUser() { return array ( 'wpRealName' => true, 'wpUserEmail' => true, 'wpNick' => true ); } function allowPasswordChange() { return false; } function setPassword( $user, $password ) { return false; } function strict() { return true; } function initUser( & $user ) { } function updateExternalDB( $user ) { return false; } function canCreateAccounts() { return false; } function addUser( $user, $password ) { return false; } function getCanonicalName( $username ) { return $username; } } function SetupAuthMyExtension() { global $wgHooks; global $wgAuth; $wgHooks['UserLoadFromSession'][] = 'Auth_MyExtension_autologin_hook'; $wgHooks['UserLogoutComplete'][] = 'Auth_MyExtension_UserLogoutComplete'; $wgHooks['PersonalUrls'][] = 'Auth_MyExtension_personalURL_hook'; $wgAuth = new MyExtensionPlugin(); } function Auth_MyExtension_autologin_hook($user, &$return_user ) { global $wgUser; global $wgAuth; global $wgContLang; wfSetupSession(); // Give us a user, see if we're around $tmpuser = new User() ; $rc = $tmpuser->newFromSession(); $rc = $tmpuser->load(); if( $rc && $rc->isLoggedIn() ) { if ( $rc->authenticate($rc->getName(), '') ) { return true; } else { $rc->logout(); } } $id = trim($_SESSION['id']); $name = ucfirst(trim($_SESSION['name'])); if (empty($dsid)) { $result = false; // Deny access return true; } $user = User::newFromName($dsid); if (0 == $user->getID() ) { // we have a new user to add... $user->setName( $id); $user->addToDatabase(); $user->setToken(); $user->saveSettings(); $ssUpdate = new SiteStatsUpdate( 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 ); $ssUpdate->doUpdate(); } else { $user->saveToCache(); } // update email, real name, etc. $wgAuth->updateUser( $user ); $result = true; // Go ahead and log 'em in $user->setToken(); $user->saveSettings(); $user->setupSession(); $user->setCookies(); return true; } function Auth_MyExtension_personalURL_hook(& $personal_urls, & $title) { global $wgUser; unset( $personal_urls['mytalk'] ); unset($personal_urls['Userlogin']); $personal_urls['userpage']['text'] = $wgUser->getRealName(); foreach (array('login', 'anonlogin') as $k) { if (array_key_exists($k, $personal_urls)) { unset($personal_urls[$k]); } } return true; } function Auth_MyExtension_UserLogoutComplete(&$user, &$inject_html, $old_name) { setcookie( $GLOBALS['wgCookiePrefix'] . '_session', '', time() - 3600, $GLOBALS['wgCookiePath']); setcookie( $GLOBALS['wgCookiePrefix'] . 'UserName', '', time() - 3600, $GLOBALS['wgCookiePath']); setcookie( $GLOBALS['wgCookiePrefix'] . 'UserID', '', time() - 3600, $GLOBALS['wgCookiePath']); setcookie( $GLOBALS['wgCookiePrefix'] . 'Token', '', time() - 3600, $GLOBALS['wgCookiePath']); return true; } ?> Here is part of my LocalSettings.php file: ############################# # Disallow Anonymous Access ############################# $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = false; $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = false; $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = false; $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = false; $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = false; $wgShowIPinHeader = false; # For non-logged in users ############################# # Extension: MyExtension ############################# require_once("$IP/extensions/MyExtension.php"); $wgAutoLogin = true; SetupAuthMyExtension(); $wgDisableCookieCheck = true;

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • New features of C# 4.0

    This article covers New features of C# 4.0. Article has been divided into below sections. Introduction. Dynamic Lookup. Named and Optional Arguments. Features for COM interop. Variance. Relationship with Visual Basic. Resources. Other interested readings… 22 New Features of Visual Studio 2008 for .NET Professionals 50 New Features of SQL Server 2008 IIS 7.0 New features Introduction It is now close to a year since Microsoft Visual C# 3.0 shipped as part of Visual Studio 2008. In the VS Managed Languages team we are hard at work on creating the next version of the language (with the unsurprising working title of C# 4.0), and this document is a first public description of the planned language features as we currently see them. Please be advised that all this is in early stages of production and is subject to change. Part of the reason for sharing our plans in public so early is precisely to get the kind of feedback that will cause us to improve the final product before it rolls out. Simultaneously with the publication of this whitepaper, a first public CTP (community technology preview) of Visual Studio 2010 is going out as a Virtual PC image for everyone to try. Please use it to play and experiment with the features, and let us know of any thoughts you have. We ask for your understanding and patience working with very early bits, where especially new or newly implemented features do not have the quality or stability of a final product. The aim of the CTP is not to give you a productive work environment but to give you the best possible impression of what we are working on for the next release. The CTP contains a number of walkthroughs, some of which highlight the new language features of C# 4.0. Those are excellent for getting a hands-on guided tour through the details of some common scenarios for the features. You may consider this whitepaper a companion document to these walkthroughs, complementing them with a focus on the overall language features and how they work, as opposed to the specifics of the concrete scenarios. C# 4.0 The major theme for C# 4.0 is dynamic programming. Increasingly, objects are “dynamic” in the sense that their structure and behavior is not captured by a static type, or at least not one that the compiler knows about when compiling your program. Some examples include a. objects from dynamic programming languages, such as Python or Ruby b. COM objects accessed through IDispatch c. ordinary .NET types accessed through reflection d. objects with changing structure, such as HTML DOM objects While C# remains a statically typed language, we aim to vastly improve the interaction with such objects. A secondary theme is co-evolution with Visual Basic. Going forward we will aim to maintain the individual character of each language, but at the same time important new features should be introduced in both languages at the same time. They should be differentiated more by style and feel than by feature set. The new features in C# 4.0 fall into four groups: Dynamic lookup Dynamic lookup allows you to write method, operator and indexer calls, property and field accesses, and even object invocations which bypass the C# static type checking and instead gets resolved at runtime. Named and optional parameters Parameters in C# can now be specified as optional by providing a default value for them in a member declaration. When the member is invoked, optional arguments can be omitted. Furthermore, any argument can be passed by parameter name instead of position. COM specific interop features Dynamic lookup as well as named and optional parameters both help making programming against COM less painful than today. On top of that, however, we are adding a number of other small features that further improve the interop experience. Variance It used to be that an IEnumerable<string> wasn’t an IEnumerable<object>. Now it is – C# embraces type safe “co-and contravariance” and common BCL types are updated to take advantage of that. Dynamic Lookup Dynamic lookup allows you a unified approach to invoking things dynamically. With dynamic lookup, when you have an object in your hand you do not need to worry about whether it comes from COM, IronPython, the HTML DOM or reflection; you just apply operations to it and leave it to the runtime to figure out what exactly those operations mean for that particular object. This affords you enormous flexibility, and can greatly simplify your code, but it does come with a significant drawback: Static typing is not maintained for these operations. A dynamic object is assumed at compile time to support any operation, and only at runtime will you get an error if it wasn’t so. Oftentimes this will be no loss, because the object wouldn’t have a static type anyway, in other cases it is a tradeoff between brevity and safety. In order to facilitate this tradeoff, it is a design goal of C# to allow you to opt in or opt out of dynamic behavior on every single call. The dynamic type C# 4.0 introduces a new static type called dynamic. When you have an object of type dynamic you can “do things to it” that are resolved only at runtime: dynamic d = GetDynamicObject(…); d.M(7); The C# compiler allows you to call a method with any name and any arguments on d because it is of type dynamic. At runtime the actual object that d refers to will be examined to determine what it means to “call M with an int” on it. The type dynamic can be thought of as a special version of the type object, which signals that the object can be used dynamically. It is easy to opt in or out of dynamic behavior: any object can be implicitly converted to dynamic, “suspending belief” until runtime. Conversely, there is an “assignment conversion” from dynamic to any other type, which allows implicit conversion in assignment-like constructs: dynamic d = 7; // implicit conversion int i = d; // assignment conversion Dynamic operations Not only method calls, but also field and property accesses, indexer and operator calls and even delegate invocations can be dispatched dynamically: dynamic d = GetDynamicObject(…); d.M(7); // calling methods d.f = d.P; // getting and settings fields and properties d[“one”] = d[“two”]; // getting and setting thorugh indexers int i = d + 3; // calling operators string s = d(5,7); // invoking as a delegate The role of the C# compiler here is simply to package up the necessary information about “what is being done to d”, so that the runtime can pick it up and determine what the exact meaning of it is given an actual object d. Think of it as deferring part of the compiler’s job to runtime. The result of any dynamic operation is itself of type dynamic. Runtime lookup At runtime a dynamic operation is dispatched according to the nature of its target object d: COM objects If d is a COM object, the operation is dispatched dynamically through COM IDispatch. This allows calling to COM types that don’t have a Primary Interop Assembly (PIA), and relying on COM features that don’t have a counterpart in C#, such as indexed properties and default properties. Dynamic objects If d implements the interface IDynamicObject d itself is asked to perform the operation. Thus by implementing IDynamicObject a type can completely redefine the meaning of dynamic operations. This is used intensively by dynamic languages such as IronPython and IronRuby to implement their own dynamic object models. It will also be used by APIs, e.g. by the HTML DOM to allow direct access to the object’s properties using property syntax. Plain objects Otherwise d is a standard .NET object, and the operation will be dispatched using reflection on its type and a C# “runtime binder” which implements C#’s lookup and overload resolution semantics at runtime. This is essentially a part of the C# compiler running as a runtime component to “finish the work” on dynamic operations that was deferred by the static compiler. Example Assume the following code: dynamic d1 = new Foo(); dynamic d2 = new Bar(); string s; d1.M(s, d2, 3, null); Because the receiver of the call to M is dynamic, the C# compiler does not try to resolve the meaning of the call. Instead it stashes away information for the runtime about the call. This information (often referred to as the “payload”) is essentially equivalent to: “Perform an instance method call of M with the following arguments: 1. a string 2. a dynamic 3. a literal int 3 4. a literal object null” At runtime, assume that the actual type Foo of d1 is not a COM type and does not implement IDynamicObject. In this case the C# runtime binder picks up to finish the overload resolution job based on runtime type information, proceeding as follows: 1. Reflection is used to obtain the actual runtime types of the two objects, d1 and d2, that did not have a static type (or rather had the static type dynamic). The result is Foo for d1 and Bar for d2. 2. Method lookup and overload resolution is performed on the type Foo with the call M(string,Bar,3,null) using ordinary C# semantics. 3. If the method is found it is invoked; otherwise a runtime exception is thrown. Overload resolution with dynamic arguments Even if the receiver of a method call is of a static type, overload resolution can still happen at runtime. This can happen if one or more of the arguments have the type dynamic: Foo foo = new Foo(); dynamic d = new Bar(); var result = foo.M(d); The C# runtime binder will choose between the statically known overloads of M on Foo, based on the runtime type of d, namely Bar. The result is again of type dynamic. The Dynamic Language Runtime An important component in the underlying implementation of dynamic lookup is the Dynamic Language Runtime (DLR), which is a new API in .NET 4.0. The DLR provides most of the infrastructure behind not only C# dynamic lookup but also the implementation of several dynamic programming languages on .NET, such as IronPython and IronRuby. Through this common infrastructure a high degree of interoperability is ensured, but just as importantly the DLR provides excellent caching mechanisms which serve to greatly enhance the efficiency of runtime dispatch. To the user of dynamic lookup in C#, the DLR is invisible except for the improved efficiency. However, if you want to implement your own dynamically dispatched objects, the IDynamicObject interface allows you to interoperate with the DLR and plug in your own behavior. This is a rather advanced task, which requires you to understand a good deal more about the inner workings of the DLR. For API writers, however, it can definitely be worth the trouble in order to vastly improve the usability of e.g. a library representing an inherently dynamic domain. Open issues There are a few limitations and things that might work differently than you would expect. · The DLR allows objects to be created from objects that represent classes. However, the current implementation of C# doesn’t have syntax to support this. · Dynamic lookup will not be able to find extension methods. Whether extension methods apply or not depends on the static context of the call (i.e. which using clauses occur), and this context information is not currently kept as part of the payload. · Anonymous functions (i.e. lambda expressions) cannot appear as arguments to a dynamic method call. The compiler cannot bind (i.e. “understand”) an anonymous function without knowing what type it is converted to. One consequence of these limitations is that you cannot easily use LINQ queries over dynamic objects: dynamic collection = …; var result = collection.Select(e => e + 5); If the Select method is an extension method, dynamic lookup will not find it. Even if it is an instance method, the above does not compile, because a lambda expression cannot be passed as an argument to a dynamic operation. There are no plans to address these limitations in C# 4.0. Named and Optional Arguments Named and optional parameters are really two distinct features, but are often useful together. Optional parameters allow you to omit arguments to member invocations, whereas named arguments is a way to provide an argument using the name of the corresponding parameter instead of relying on its position in the parameter list. Some APIs, most notably COM interfaces such as the Office automation APIs, are written specifically with named and optional parameters in mind. Up until now it has been very painful to call into these APIs from C#, with sometimes as many as thirty arguments having to be explicitly passed, most of which have reasonable default values and could be omitted. Even in APIs for .NET however you sometimes find yourself compelled to write many overloads of a method with different combinations of parameters, in order to provide maximum usability to the callers. Optional parameters are a useful alternative for these situations. Optional parameters A parameter is declared optional simply by providing a default value for it: public void M(int x, int y = 5, int z = 7); Here y and z are optional parameters and can be omitted in calls: M(1, 2, 3); // ordinary call of M M(1, 2); // omitting z – equivalent to M(1, 2, 7) M(1); // omitting both y and z – equivalent to M(1, 5, 7) Named and optional arguments C# 4.0 does not permit you to omit arguments between commas as in M(1,,3). This could lead to highly unreadable comma-counting code. Instead any argument can be passed by name. Thus if you want to omit only y from a call of M you can write: M(1, z: 3); // passing z by name or M(x: 1, z: 3); // passing both x and z by name or even M(z: 3, x: 1); // reversing the order of arguments All forms are equivalent, except that arguments are always evaluated in the order they appear, so in the last example the 3 is evaluated before the 1. Optional and named arguments can be used not only with methods but also with indexers and constructors. Overload resolution Named and optional arguments affect overload resolution, but the changes are relatively simple: A signature is applicable if all its parameters are either optional or have exactly one corresponding argument (by name or position) in the call which is convertible to the parameter type. Betterness rules on conversions are only applied for arguments that are explicitly given – omitted optional arguments are ignored for betterness purposes. If two signatures are equally good, one that does not omit optional parameters is preferred. M(string s, int i = 1); M(object o); M(int i, string s = “Hello”); M(int i); M(5); Given these overloads, we can see the working of the rules above. M(string,int) is not applicable because 5 doesn’t convert to string. M(int,string) is applicable because its second parameter is optional, and so, obviously are M(object) and M(int). M(int,string) and M(int) are both better than M(object) because the conversion from 5 to int is better than the conversion from 5 to object. Finally M(int) is better than M(int,string) because no optional arguments are omitted. Thus the method that gets called is M(int). Features for COM interop Dynamic lookup as well as named and optional parameters greatly improve the experience of interoperating with COM APIs such as the Office Automation APIs. In order to remove even more of the speed bumps, a couple of small COM-specific features are also added to C# 4.0. Dynamic import Many COM methods accept and return variant types, which are represented in the PIAs as object. In the vast majority of cases, a programmer calling these methods already knows the static type of a returned object from context, but explicitly has to perform a cast on the returned value to make use of that knowledge. These casts are so common that they constitute a major nuisance. In order to facilitate a smoother experience, you can now choose to import these COM APIs in such a way that variants are instead represented using the type dynamic. In other words, from your point of view, COM signatures now have occurrences of dynamic instead of object in them. This means that you can easily access members directly off a returned object, or you can assign it to a strongly typed local variable without having to cast. To illustrate, you can now say excel.Cells[1, 1].Value = "Hello"; instead of ((Excel.Range)excel.Cells[1, 1]).Value2 = "Hello"; and Excel.Range range = excel.Cells[1, 1]; instead of Excel.Range range = (Excel.Range)excel.Cells[1, 1]; Compiling without PIAs Primary Interop Assemblies are large .NET assemblies generated from COM interfaces to facilitate strongly typed interoperability. They provide great support at design time, where your experience of the interop is as good as if the types where really defined in .NET. However, at runtime these large assemblies can easily bloat your program, and also cause versioning issues because they are distributed independently of your application. The no-PIA feature allows you to continue to use PIAs at design time without having them around at runtime. Instead, the C# compiler will bake the small part of the PIA that a program actually uses directly into its assembly. At runtime the PIA does not have to be loaded. Omitting ref Because of a different programming model, many COM APIs contain a lot of reference parameters. Contrary to refs in C#, these are typically not meant to mutate a passed-in argument for the subsequent benefit of the caller, but are simply another way of passing value parameters. It therefore seems unreasonable that a C# programmer should have to create temporary variables for all such ref parameters and pass these by reference. Instead, specifically for COM methods, the C# compiler will allow you to pass arguments by value to such a method, and will automatically generate temporary variables to hold the passed-in values, subsequently discarding these when the call returns. In this way the caller sees value semantics, and will not experience any side effects, but the called method still gets a reference. Open issues A few COM interface features still are not surfaced in C#. Most notably these include indexed properties and default properties. As mentioned above these will be respected if you access COM dynamically, but statically typed C# code will still not recognize them. There are currently no plans to address these remaining speed bumps in C# 4.0. Variance An aspect of generics that often comes across as surprising is that the following is illegal: IList<string> strings = new List<string>(); IList<object> objects = strings; The second assignment is disallowed because strings does not have the same element type as objects. There is a perfectly good reason for this. If it were allowed you could write: objects[0] = 5; string s = strings[0]; Allowing an int to be inserted into a list of strings and subsequently extracted as a string. This would be a breach of type safety. However, there are certain interfaces where the above cannot occur, notably where there is no way to insert an object into the collection. Such an interface is IEnumerable<T>. If instead you say: IEnumerable<object> objects = strings; There is no way we can put the wrong kind of thing into strings through objects, because objects doesn’t have a method that takes an element in. Variance is about allowing assignments such as this in cases where it is safe. The result is that a lot of situations that were previously surprising now just work. Covariance In .NET 4.0 the IEnumerable<T> interface will be declared in the following way: public interface IEnumerable<out T> : IEnumerable { IEnumerator<T> GetEnumerator(); } public interface IEnumerator<out T> : IEnumerator { bool MoveNext(); T Current { get; } } The “out” in these declarations signifies that the T can only occur in output position in the interface – the compiler will complain otherwise. In return for this restriction, the interface becomes “covariant” in T, which means that an IEnumerable<A> is considered an IEnumerable<B> if A has a reference conversion to B. As a result, any sequence of strings is also e.g. a sequence of objects. This is useful e.g. in many LINQ methods. Using the declarations above: var result = strings.Union(objects); // succeeds with an IEnumerable<object> This would previously have been disallowed, and you would have had to to some cumbersome wrapping to get the two sequences to have the same element type. Contravariance Type parameters can also have an “in” modifier, restricting them to occur only in input positions. An example is IComparer<T>: public interface IComparer<in T> { public int Compare(T left, T right); } The somewhat baffling result is that an IComparer<object> can in fact be considered an IComparer<string>! It makes sense when you think about it: If a comparer can compare any two objects, it can certainly also compare two strings. This property is referred to as contravariance. A generic type can have both in and out modifiers on its type parameters, as is the case with the Func<…> delegate types: public delegate TResult Func<in TArg, out TResult>(TArg arg); Obviously the argument only ever comes in, and the result only ever comes out. Therefore a Func<object,string> can in fact be used as a Func<string,object>. Limitations Variant type parameters can only be declared on interfaces and delegate types, due to a restriction in the CLR. Variance only applies when there is a reference conversion between the type arguments. For instance, an IEnumerable<int> is not an IEnumerable<object> because the conversion from int to object is a boxing conversion, not a reference conversion. Also please note that the CTP does not contain the new versions of the .NET types mentioned above. In order to experiment with variance you have to declare your own variant interfaces and delegate types. COM Example Here is a larger Office automation example that shows many of the new C# features in action. using System; using System.Diagnostics; using System.Linq; using Excel = Microsoft.Office.Interop.Excel; using Word = Microsoft.Office.Interop.Word; class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { var excel = new Excel.Application(); excel.Visible = true; excel.Workbooks.Add(); // optional arguments omitted excel.Cells[1, 1].Value = "Process Name"; // no casts; Value dynamically excel.Cells[1, 2].Value = "Memory Usage"; // accessed var processes = Process.GetProcesses() .OrderByDescending(p =&gt; p.WorkingSet) .Take(10); int i = 2; foreach (var p in processes) { excel.Cells[i, 1].Value = p.ProcessName; // no casts excel.Cells[i, 2].Value = p.WorkingSet; // no casts i++; } Excel.Range range = excel.Cells[1, 1]; // no casts Excel.Chart chart = excel.ActiveWorkbook.Charts. Add(After: excel.ActiveSheet); // named and optional arguments chart.ChartWizard( Source: range.CurrentRegion, Title: "Memory Usage in " + Environment.MachineName); //named+optional chart.ChartStyle = 45; chart.CopyPicture(Excel.XlPictureAppearance.xlScreen, Excel.XlCopyPictureFormat.xlBitmap, Excel.XlPictureAppearance.xlScreen); var word = new Word.Application(); word.Visible = true; word.Documents.Add(); // optional arguments word.Selection.Paste(); } } The code is much more terse and readable than the C# 3.0 counterpart. Note especially how the Value property is accessed dynamically. This is actually an indexed property, i.e. a property that takes an argument; something which C# does not understand. However the argument is optional. Since the access is dynamic, it goes through the runtime COM binder which knows to substitute the default value and call the indexed property. Thus, dynamic COM allows you to avoid accesses to the puzzling Value2 property of Excel ranges. Relationship with Visual Basic A number of the features introduced to C# 4.0 already exist or will be introduced in some form or other in Visual Basic: · Late binding in VB is similar in many ways to dynamic lookup in C#, and can be expected to make more use of the DLR in the future, leading to further parity with C#. · Named and optional arguments have been part of Visual Basic for a long time, and the C# version of the feature is explicitly engineered with maximal VB interoperability in mind. · NoPIA and variance are both being introduced to VB and C# at the same time. VB in turn is adding a number of features that have hitherto been a mainstay of C#. As a result future versions of C# and VB will have much better feature parity, for the benefit of everyone. Resources All available resources concerning C# 4.0 can be accessed through the C# Dev Center. Specifically, this white paper and other resources can be found at the Code Gallery site. Enjoy! span.fullpost {display:none;}

    Read the article

  • AngularJS on top of ASP.NET: Moving the MVC framework out to the browser

    - by Varun Chatterji
    Heavily drawing inspiration from Ruby on Rails, MVC4’s convention over configuration model of development soon became the Holy Grail of .NET web development. The MVC model brought with it the goodness of proper separation of concerns between business logic, data, and the presentation logic. However, the MVC paradigm, was still one in which server side .NET code could be mixed with presentation code. The Razor templating engine, though cleaner than its predecessors, still encouraged and allowed you to mix .NET server side code with presentation logic. Thus, for example, if the developer required a certain <div> tag to be shown if a particular variable ShowDiv was true in the View’s model, the code could look like the following: Fig 1: To show a div or not. Server side .NET code is used in the View Mixing .NET code with HTML in views can soon get very messy. Wouldn’t it be nice if the presentation layer (HTML) could be pure HTML? Also, in the ASP.NET MVC model, some of the business logic invariably resides in the controller. It is tempting to use an anti­pattern like the one shown above to control whether a div should be shown or not. However, best practice would indicate that the Controller should not be aware of the div. The ShowDiv variable in the model should not exist. A controller should ideally, only be used to do the plumbing of getting the data populated in the model and nothing else. The view (ideally pure HTML) should render the presentation layer based on the model. In this article we will see how Angular JS, a new JavaScript framework by Google can be used effectively to build web applications where: 1. Views are pure HTML 2. Controllers (in the server sense) are pure REST based API calls 3. The presentation layer is loaded as needed from partial HTML only files. What is MVVM? MVVM short for Model View View Model is a new paradigm in web development. In this paradigm, the Model and View stuff exists on the client side through javascript instead of being processed on the server through postbacks. These frameworks are JavaScript frameworks that facilitate the clear separation of the “frontend” or the data rendering logic from the “backend” which is typically just a REST based API that loads and processes data through a resource model. The frameworks are called MVVM as a change to the Model (through javascript) gets reflected in the view immediately i.e. Model > View. Also, a change on the view (through manual input) gets reflected in the model immediately i.e. View > Model. The following figure shows this conceptually (comments are shown in red): Fig 2: Demonstration of MVVM in action In Fig 2, two text boxes are bound to the same variable model.myInt. Thus, changing the view manually (changing one text box through keyboard input) also changes the other textbox in real time demonstrating V > M property of a MVVM framework. Furthermore, clicking the button adds 1 to the value of model.myInt thus changing the model through JavaScript. This immediately updates the view (the value in the two textboxes) thus demonstrating the M > V property of a MVVM framework. Thus we see that the model in a MVVM JavaScript framework can be regarded as “the single source of truth“. This is an important concept. Angular is one such MVVM framework. We shall use it to build a simple app that sends SMS messages to a particular number. Application, Routes, Views, Controllers, Scope and Models Angular can be used in many ways to construct web applications. For this article, we shall only focus on building Single Page Applications (SPAs). Many of the approaches we will follow in this article have alternatives. It is beyond the scope of this article to explain every nuance in detail but we shall try to touch upon the basic concepts and end up with a working application that can be used to send SMS messages using Sent.ly Plus (a service that is itself built using Angular). Before you read on, we would like to urge you to forget what you know about Models, Views, Controllers and Routes in the ASP.NET MVC4 framework. All these words have different meanings in the Angular world. Whenever these words are used in this article, they will refer to Angular concepts and not ASP.NET MVC4 concepts. The following figure shows the skeleton of the root page of an SPA: Fig 3: The skeleton of a SPA The skeleton of the application is based on the Bootstrap starter template which can be found at: http://getbootstrap.com/examples/starter­template/ Apart from loading the Angular, jQuery and Bootstrap JavaScript libraries, it also loads our custom scripts /app/js/controllers.js /app/js/app.js These scripts define the routes, views and controllers which we shall come to in a moment. Application Notice that the body tag (Fig. 3) has an extra attribute: ng­app=”smsApp” Providing this tag “bootstraps” our single page application. It tells Angular to load a “module” called smsApp. This “module” is defined /app/js/app.js angular.module('smsApp', ['smsApp.controllers', function () {}]) Fig 4: The definition of our application module The line shows above, declares a module called smsApp. It also declares that this module “depends” on another module called “smsApp.controllers”. The smsApp.controllers module will contain all the controllers for our SPA. Routing and Views Notice that in the Navbar (in Fig 3) we have included two hyperlinks to: “#/app” “#/help” This is how Angular handles routing. Since the URLs start with “#”, they are actually just bookmarks (and not server side resources). However, our route definition (in /app/js/app.js) gives these URLs a special meaning within the Angular framework. angular.module('smsApp', ['smsApp.controllers', function () { }]) //Configure the routes .config(['$routeProvider', function ($routeProvider) { $routeProvider.when('/binding', { templateUrl: '/app/partials/bindingexample.html', controller: 'BindingController' }); }]); Fig 5: The definition of a route with an associated partial view and controller As we can see from the previous code sample, we are using the $routeProvider object in the configuration of our smsApp module. Notice how the code “asks for” the $routeProvider object by specifying it as a dependency in the [] braces and then defining a function that accepts it as a parameter. This is known as dependency injection. Please refer to the following link if you want to delve into this topic: http://docs.angularjs.org/guide/di What the above code snippet is doing is that it is telling Angular that when the URL is “#/binding”, then it should load the HTML snippet (“partial view”) found at /app/partials/bindingexample.html. Also, for this URL, Angular should load the controller called “BindingController”. We have also marked the div with the class “container” (in Fig 3) with the ng­view attribute. This attribute tells Angular that views (partial HTML pages) defined in the routes will be loaded within this div. You can see that the Angular JavaScript framework, unlike many other frameworks, works purely by extending HTML tags and attributes. It also allows you to extend HTML with your own tags and attributes (through directives) if you so desire, you can find out more about directives at the following URL: http://www.codeproject.com/Articles/607873/Extending­HTML­with­AngularJS­Directives Controllers and Models We have seen how we define what views and controllers should be loaded for a particular route. Let us now consider how controllers are defined. Our controllers are defined in the file /app/js/controllers.js. The following snippet shows the definition of the “BindingController” which is loaded when we hit the URL http://localhost:port/index.html#/binding (as we have defined in the route earlier as shown in Fig 5). Remember that we had defined that our application module “smsApp” depends on the “smsApp.controllers” module (see Fig 4). The code snippet below shows how the “BindingController” defined in the route shown in Fig 5 is defined in the module smsApp.controllers: angular.module('smsApp.controllers', [function () { }]) .controller('BindingController', ['$scope', function ($scope) { $scope.model = {}; $scope.model.myInt = 6; $scope.addOne = function () { $scope.model.myInt++; } }]); Fig 6: The definition of a controller in the “smsApp.controllers” module. The pieces are falling in place! Remember Fig.2? That was the code of a partial view that was loaded within the container div of the skeleton SPA shown in Fig 3. The route definition shown in Fig 5 also defined that the controller called “BindingController” (shown in Fig 6.) was loaded when we loaded the URL: http://localhost:22544/index.html#/binding The button in Fig 2 was marked with the attribute ng­click=”addOne()” which added 1 to the value of model.myInt. In Fig 6, we can see that this function is actually defined in the “BindingController”. Scope We can see from Fig 6, that in the definition of “BindingController”, we defined a dependency on $scope and then, as usual, defined a function which “asks for” $scope as per the dependency injection pattern. So what is $scope? Any guesses? As you might have guessed a scope is a particular “address space” where variables and functions may be defined. This has a similar meaning to scope in a programming language like C#. Model: The Scope is not the Model It is tempting to assign variables in the scope directly. For example, we could have defined myInt as $scope.myInt = 6 in Fig 6 instead of $scope.model.myInt = 6. The reason why this is a bad idea is that scope in hierarchical in Angular. Thus if we were to define a controller which was defined within the another controller (nested controllers), then the inner controller would inherit the scope of the parent controller. This inheritance would follow JavaScript prototypal inheritance. Let’s say the parent controller defined a variable through $scope.myInt = 6. The child controller would inherit the scope through java prototypical inheritance. This basically means that the child scope has a variable myInt that points to the parent scopes myInt variable. Now if we assigned the value of myInt in the parent, the child scope would be updated with the same value as the child scope’s myInt variable points to the parent scope’s myInt variable. However, if we were to assign the value of the myInt variable in the child scope, then the link of that variable to the parent scope would be broken as the variable myInt in the child scope now points to the value 6 and not to the parent scope’s myInt variable. But, if we defined a variable model in the parent scope, then the child scope will also have a variable model that points to the model variable in the parent scope. Updating the value of $scope.model.myInt in the parent scope would change the model variable in the child scope too as the variable is pointed to the model variable in the parent scope. Now changing the value of $scope.model.myInt in the child scope would ALSO change the value in the parent scope. This is because the model reference in the child scope is pointed to the scope variable in the parent. We did no new assignment to the model variable in the child scope. We only changed an attribute of the model variable. Since the model variable (in the child scope) points to the model variable in the parent scope, we have successfully changed the value of myInt in the parent scope. Thus the value of $scope.model.myInt in the parent scope becomes the “single source of truth“. This is a tricky concept, thus it is considered good practice to NOT use scope inheritance. More info on prototypal inheritance in Angular can be found in the “JavaScript Prototypal Inheritance” section at the following URL: https://github.com/angular/angular.js/wiki/Understanding­Scopes. Building It: An Angular JS application using a .NET Web API Backend Now that we have a perspective on the basic components of an MVVM application built using Angular, let’s build something useful. We will build an application that can be used to send out SMS messages to a given phone number. The following diagram describes the architecture of the application we are going to build: Fig 7: Broad application architecture We are going to add an HTML Partial to our project. This partial will contain the form fields that will accept the phone number and message that needs to be sent as an SMS. It will also display all the messages that have previously been sent. All the executable code that is run on the occurrence of events (button clicks etc.) in the view resides in the controller. The controller interacts with the ASP.NET WebAPI to get a history of SMS messages, add a message etc. through a REST based API. For the purposes of simplicity, we will use an in memory data structure for the purposes of creating this application. Thus, the tasks ahead of us are: Creating the REST WebApi with GET, PUT, POST, DELETE methods. Creating the SmsView.html partial Creating the SmsController controller with methods that are called from the SmsView.html partial Add a new route that loads the controller and the partial. 1. Creating the REST WebAPI This is a simple task that should be quite straightforward to any .NET developer. The following listing shows our ApiController: public class SmsMessage { public string to { get; set; } public string message { get; set; } } public class SmsResource : SmsMessage { public int smsId { get; set; } } public class SmsResourceController : ApiController { public static Dictionary<int, SmsResource> messages = new Dictionary<int, SmsResource>(); public static int currentId = 0; // GET api/<controller> public List<SmsResource> Get() { List<SmsResource> result = new List<SmsResource>(); foreach (int key in messages.Keys) { result.Add(messages[key]); } return result; } // GET api/<controller>/5 public SmsResource Get(int id) { if (messages.ContainsKey(id)) return messages[id]; return null; } // POST api/<controller> public List<SmsResource> Post([FromBody] SmsMessage value) { //Synchronize on messages so we don't have id collisions lock (messages) { SmsResource res = (SmsResource) value; res.smsId = currentId++; messages.Add(res.smsId, res); //SentlyPlusSmsSender.SendMessage(value.to, value.message); return Get(); } } // PUT api/<controller>/5 public List<SmsResource> Put(int id, [FromBody] SmsMessage value) { //Synchronize on messages so we don't have id collisions lock (messages) { if (messages.ContainsKey(id)) { //Update the message messages[id].message = value.message; messages[id].to = value.message; } return Get(); } } // DELETE api/<controller>/5 public List<SmsResource> Delete(int id) { if (messages.ContainsKey(id)) { messages.Remove(id); } return Get(); } } Once this class is defined, we should be able to access the WebAPI by a simple GET request using the browser: http://localhost:port/api/SmsResource Notice the commented line: //SentlyPlusSmsSender.SendMessage The SentlyPlusSmsSender class is defined in the attached solution. We have shown this line as commented as we want to explain the core Angular concepts. If you load the attached solution, this line is uncommented in the source and an actual SMS will be sent! By default, the API returns XML. For consumption of the API in Angular, we would like it to return JSON. To change the default to JSON, we make the following change to WebApiConfig.cs file located in the App_Start folder. public static class WebApiConfig { public static void Register(HttpConfiguration config) { config.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "DefaultApi", routeTemplate: "api/{controller}/{id}", defaults: new { id = RouteParameter.Optional } ); var appXmlType = config.Formatters.XmlFormatter. SupportedMediaTypes. FirstOrDefault( t => t.MediaType == "application/xml"); config.Formatters.XmlFormatter.SupportedMediaTypes.Remove(appXmlType); } } We now have our backend REST Api which we can consume from Angular! 2. Creating the SmsView.html partial This simple partial will define two fields: the destination phone number (international format starting with a +) and the message. These fields will be bound to model.phoneNumber and model.message. We will also add a button that we shall hook up to sendMessage() in the controller. A list of all previously sent messages (bound to model.allMessages) will also be displayed below the form input. The following code shows the code for the partial: <!--­­ If model.errorMessage is defined, then render the error div -­­> <div class="alert alert-­danger alert-­dismissable" style="margin­-top: 30px;" ng­-show="model.errorMessage != undefined"> <button type="button" class="close" data­dismiss="alert" aria­hidden="true">&times;</button> <strong>Error!</strong> <br /> {{ model.errorMessage }} </div> <!--­­ The input fields bound to the model --­­> <div class="well" style="margin-­top: 30px;"> <table style="width: 100%;"> <tr> <td style="width: 45%; text-­align: center;"> <input type="text" placeholder="Phone number (eg; +44 7778 609466)" ng­-model="model.phoneNumber" class="form-­control" style="width: 90%" onkeypress="return checkPhoneInput();" /> </td> <td style="width: 45%; text-­align: center;"> <input type="text" placeholder="Message" ng­-model="model.message" class="form-­control" style="width: 90%" /> </td> <td style="text-­align: center;"> <button class="btn btn-­danger" ng-­click="sendMessage();" ng-­disabled="model.isAjaxInProgress" style="margin­right: 5px;">Send</button> <img src="/Content/ajax-­loader.gif" ng­-show="model.isAjaxInProgress" /> </td> </tr> </table> </div> <!--­­ The past messages ­­--> <div style="margin-­top: 30px;"> <!­­-- The following div is shown if there are no past messages --­­> <div ng­-show="model.allMessages.length == 0"> No messages have been sent yet! </div> <!--­­ The following div is shown if there are some past messages --­­> <div ng-­show="model.allMessages.length == 0"> <table style="width: 100%;" class="table table-­striped"> <tr> <td>Phone Number</td> <td>Message</td> <td></td> </tr> <!--­­ The ng-­repeat directive is line the repeater control in .NET, but as you can see this partial is pure HTML which is much cleaner --> <tr ng-­repeat="message in model.allMessages"> <td>{{ message.to }}</td> <td>{{ message.message }}</td> <td> <button class="btn btn-­danger" ng-­click="delete(message.smsId);" ng­-disabled="model.isAjaxInProgress">Delete</button> </td> </tr> </table> </div> </div> The above code is commented and should be self explanatory. Conditional rendering is achieved through using the ng-­show=”condition” attribute on various div tags. Input fields are bound to the model and the send button is bound to the sendMessage() function in the controller as through the ng­click=”sendMessage()” attribute defined on the button tag. While AJAX calls are taking place, the controller sets model.isAjaxInProgress to true. Based on this variable, buttons are disabled through the ng-­disabled directive which is added as an attribute to the buttons. The ng-­repeat directive added as an attribute to the tr tag causes the table row to be rendered multiple times much like an ASP.NET repeater. 3. Creating the SmsController controller The penultimate piece of our application is the controller which responds to events from our view and interacts with our MVC4 REST WebAPI. The following listing shows the code we need to add to /app/js/controllers.js. Note that controller definitions can be chained. Also note that this controller “asks for” the $http service. The $http service is a simple way in Angular to do AJAX. So far we have only encountered modules, controllers, views and directives in Angular. The $http is new entity in Angular called a service. More information on Angular services can be found at the following URL: http://docs.angularjs.org/guide/dev_guide.services.understanding_services. .controller('SmsController', ['$scope', '$http', function ($scope, $http) { //We define the model $scope.model = {}; //We define the allMessages array in the model //that will contain all the messages sent so far $scope.model.allMessages = []; //The error if any $scope.model.errorMessage = undefined; //We initially load data so set the isAjaxInProgress = true; $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = true; //Load all the messages $http({ url: '/api/smsresource', method: "GET" }). success(function (data, status, headers, config) { this callback will be called asynchronously //when the response is available $scope.model.allMessages = data; //We are done with AJAX loading $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = false; }). error(function (data, status, headers, config) { //called asynchronously if an error occurs //or server returns response with an error status. $scope.model.errorMessage = "Error occurred status:" + status; //We are done with AJAX loading $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = false; }); $scope.delete = function (id) { //We are making an ajax call so we set this to true $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = true; $http({ url: '/api/smsresource/' + id, method: "DELETE" }). success(function (data, status, headers, config) { // this callback will be called asynchronously // when the response is available $scope.model.allMessages = data; //We are done with AJAX loading $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = false; }); error(function (data, status, headers, config) { // called asynchronously if an error occurs // or server returns response with an error status. $scope.model.errorMessage = "Error occurred status:" + status; //We are done with AJAX loading $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = false; }); } $scope.sendMessage = function () { $scope.model.errorMessage = undefined; var message = ''; if($scope.model.message != undefined) message = $scope.model.message.trim(); if ($scope.model.phoneNumber == undefined || $scope.model.phoneNumber == '' || $scope.model.phoneNumber.length < 10 || $scope.model.phoneNumber[0] != '+') { $scope.model.errorMessage = "You must enter a valid phone number in international format. Eg: +44 7778 609466"; return; } if (message.length == 0) { $scope.model.errorMessage = "You must specify a message!"; return; } //We are making an ajax call so we set this to true $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = true; $http({ url: '/api/smsresource', method: "POST", data: { to: $scope.model.phoneNumber, message: $scope.model.message } }). success(function (data, status, headers, config) { // this callback will be called asynchronously // when the response is available $scope.model.allMessages = data; //We are done with AJAX loading $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = false; }). error(function (data, status, headers, config) { // called asynchronously if an error occurs // or server returns response with an error status. $scope.model.errorMessage = "Error occurred status:" + status // We are done with AJAX loading $scope.model.isAjaxInProgress = false; }); } }]); We can see from the previous listing how the functions that are called from the view are defined in the controller. It should also be evident how easy it is to make AJAX calls to consume our MVC4 REST WebAPI. Now we are left with the final piece. We need to define a route that associates a particular path with the view we have defined and the controller we have defined. 4. Add a new route that loads the controller and the partial This is the easiest part of the puzzle. We simply define another route in the /app/js/app.js file: $routeProvider.when('/sms', { templateUrl: '/app/partials/smsview.html', controller: 'SmsController' }); Conclusion In this article we have seen how much of the server side functionality in the MVC4 framework can be moved to the browser thus delivering a snappy and fast user interface. We have seen how we can build client side HTML only views that avoid the messy syntax offered by server side Razor views. We have built a functioning app from the ground up. The significant advantage of this approach to building web apps is that the front end can be completely platform independent. Even though we used ASP.NET to create our REST API, we could just easily have used any other language such as Node.js, Ruby etc without changing a single line of our front end code. Angular is a rich framework and we have only touched on basic functionality required to create a SPA. For readers who wish to delve further into the Angular framework, we would recommend the following URL as a starting point: http://docs.angularjs.org/misc/started. To get started with the code for this project: Sign up for an account at http://plus.sent.ly (free) Add your phone number Go to the “My Identies Page” Note Down your Sender ID, Consumer Key and Consumer Secret Download the code for this article at: https://docs.google.com/file/d/0BzjEWqSE31yoZjZlV0d0R2Y3eW8/edit?usp=sharing Change the values of Sender Id, Consumer Key and Consumer Secret in the web.config file Run the project through Visual Studio!

    Read the article

  • value types in the vm

    - by john.rose
    value types in the vm p.p1 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p2 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 14.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p3 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 12.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p4 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 15.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p5 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Courier} p.p6 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Courier; min-height: 17.0px} p.p7 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} p.p8 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 36.0px; text-indent: -36.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} p.p9 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 12.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} p.p10 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 12.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; color: #000000} li.li1 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} li.li7 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} span.s1 {font: 14.0px Courier} span.s2 {color: #000000} span.s3 {font: 14.0px Courier; color: #000000} ol.ol1 {list-style-type: decimal} Or, enduring values for a changing world. Introduction A value type is a data type which, generally speaking, is designed for being passed by value in and out of methods, and stored by value in data structures. The only value types which the Java language directly supports are the eight primitive types. Java indirectly and approximately supports value types, if they are implemented in terms of classes. For example, both Integer and String may be viewed as value types, especially if their usage is restricted to avoid operations appropriate to Object. In this note, we propose a definition of value types in terms of a design pattern for Java classes, accompanied by a set of usage restrictions. We also sketch the relation of such value types to tuple types (which are a JVM-level notion), and point out JVM optimizations that can apply to value types. This note is a thought experiment to extend the JVM’s performance model in support of value types. The demonstration has two phases.  Initially the extension can simply use design patterns, within the current bytecode architecture, and in today’s Java language. But if the performance model is to be realized in practice, it will probably require new JVM bytecode features, changes to the Java language, or both.  We will look at a few possibilities for these new features. An Axiom of Value In the context of the JVM, a value type is a data type equipped with construction, assignment, and equality operations, and a set of typed components, such that, whenever two variables of the value type produce equal corresponding values for their components, the values of the two variables cannot be distinguished by any JVM operation. Here are some corollaries: A value type is immutable, since otherwise a copy could be constructed and the original could be modified in one of its components, allowing the copies to be distinguished. Changing the component of a value type requires construction of a new value. The equals and hashCode operations are strictly component-wise. If a value type is represented by a JVM reference, that reference cannot be successfully synchronized on, and cannot be usefully compared for reference equality. A value type can be viewed in terms of what it doesn’t do. We can say that a value type omits all value-unsafe operations, which could violate the constraints on value types.  These operations, which are ordinarily allowed for Java object types, are pointer equality comparison (the acmp instruction), synchronization (the monitor instructions), all the wait and notify methods of class Object, and non-trivial finalize methods. The clone method is also value-unsafe, although for value types it could be treated as the identity function. Finally, and most importantly, any side effect on an object (however visible) also counts as an value-unsafe operation. A value type may have methods, but such methods must not change the components of the value. It is reasonable and useful to define methods like toString, equals, and hashCode on value types, and also methods which are specifically valuable to users of the value type. Representations of Value Value types have two natural representations in the JVM, unboxed and boxed. An unboxed value consists of the components, as simple variables. For example, the complex number x=(1+2i), in rectangular coordinate form, may be represented in unboxed form by the following pair of variables: /*Complex x = Complex.valueOf(1.0, 2.0):*/ double x_re = 1.0, x_im = 2.0; These variables might be locals, parameters, or fields. Their association as components of a single value is not defined to the JVM. Here is a sample computation which computes the norm of the difference between two complex numbers: double distance(/*Complex x:*/ double x_re, double x_im,         /*Complex y:*/ double y_re, double y_im) {     /*Complex z = x.minus(y):*/     double z_re = x_re - y_re, z_im = x_im - y_im;     /*return z.abs():*/     return Math.sqrt(z_re*z_re + z_im*z_im); } A boxed representation groups component values under a single object reference. The reference is to a ‘wrapper class’ that carries the component values in its fields. (A primitive type can naturally be equated with a trivial value type with just one component of that type. In that view, the wrapper class Integer can serve as a boxed representation of value type int.) The unboxed representation of complex numbers is practical for many uses, but it fails to cover several major use cases: return values, array elements, and generic APIs. The two components of a complex number cannot be directly returned from a Java function, since Java does not support multiple return values. The same story applies to array elements: Java has no ’array of structs’ feature. (Double-length arrays are a possible workaround for complex numbers, but not for value types with heterogeneous components.) By generic APIs I mean both those which use generic types, like Arrays.asList and those which have special case support for primitive types, like String.valueOf and PrintStream.println. Those APIs do not support unboxed values, and offer some problems to boxed values. Any ’real’ JVM type should have a story for returns, arrays, and API interoperability. The basic problem here is that value types fall between primitive types and object types. Value types are clearly more complex than primitive types, and object types are slightly too complicated. Objects are a little bit dangerous to use as value carriers, since object references can be compared for pointer equality, and can be synchronized on. Also, as many Java programmers have observed, there is often a performance cost to using wrapper objects, even on modern JVMs. Even so, wrapper classes are a good starting point for talking about value types. If there were a set of structural rules and restrictions which would prevent value-unsafe operations on value types, wrapper classes would provide a good notation for defining value types. This note attempts to define such rules and restrictions. Let’s Start Coding Now it is time to look at some real code. Here is a definition, written in Java, of a complex number value type. @ValueSafe public final class Complex implements java.io.Serializable {     // immutable component structure:     public final double re, im;     private Complex(double re, double im) {         this.re = re; this.im = im;     }     // interoperability methods:     public String toString() { return "Complex("+re+","+im+")"; }     public List<Double> asList() { return Arrays.asList(re, im); }     public boolean equals(Complex c) {         return re == c.re && im == c.im;     }     public boolean equals(@ValueSafe Object x) {         return x instanceof Complex && equals((Complex) x);     }     public int hashCode() {         return 31*Double.valueOf(re).hashCode()                 + Double.valueOf(im).hashCode();     }     // factory methods:     public static Complex valueOf(double re, double im) {         return new Complex(re, im);     }     public Complex changeRe(double re2) { return valueOf(re2, im); }     public Complex changeIm(double im2) { return valueOf(re, im2); }     public static Complex cast(@ValueSafe Object x) {         return x == null ? ZERO : (Complex) x;     }     // utility methods and constants:     public Complex plus(Complex c)  { return new Complex(re+c.re, im+c.im); }     public Complex minus(Complex c) { return new Complex(re-c.re, im-c.im); }     public double abs() { return Math.sqrt(re*re + im*im); }     public static final Complex PI = valueOf(Math.PI, 0.0);     public static final Complex ZERO = valueOf(0.0, 0.0); } This is not a minimal definition, because it includes some utility methods and other optional parts.  The essential elements are as follows: The class is marked as a value type with an annotation. The class is final, because it does not make sense to create subclasses of value types. The fields of the class are all non-private and final.  (I.e., the type is immutable and structurally transparent.) From the supertype Object, all public non-final methods are overridden. The constructor is private. Beyond these bare essentials, we can observe the following features in this example, which are likely to be typical of all value types: One or more factory methods are responsible for value creation, including a component-wise valueOf method. There are utility methods for complex arithmetic and instance creation, such as plus and changeIm. There are static utility constants, such as PI. The type is serializable, using the default mechanisms. There are methods for converting to and from dynamically typed references, such as asList and cast. The Rules In order to use value types properly, the programmer must avoid value-unsafe operations.  A helpful Java compiler should issue errors (or at least warnings) for code which provably applies value-unsafe operations, and should issue warnings for code which might be correct but does not provably avoid value-unsafe operations.  No such compilers exist today, but to simplify our account here, we will pretend that they do exist. A value-safe type is any class, interface, or type parameter marked with the @ValueSafe annotation, or any subtype of a value-safe type.  If a value-safe class is marked final, it is in fact a value type.  All other value-safe classes must be abstract.  The non-static fields of a value class must be non-public and final, and all its constructors must be private. Under the above rules, a standard interface could be helpful to define value types like Complex.  Here is an example: @ValueSafe public interface ValueType extends java.io.Serializable {     // All methods listed here must get redefined.     // Definitions must be value-safe, which means     // they may depend on component values only.     List<? extends Object> asList();     int hashCode();     boolean equals(@ValueSafe Object c);     String toString(); } //@ValueSafe inherited from supertype: public final class Complex implements ValueType { … The main advantage of such a conventional interface is that (unlike an annotation) it is reified in the runtime type system.  It could appear as an element type or parameter bound, for facilities which are designed to work on value types only.  More broadly, it might assist the JVM to perform dynamic enforcement of the rules for value types. Besides types, the annotation @ValueSafe can mark fields, parameters, local variables, and methods.  (This is redundant when the type is also value-safe, but may be useful when the type is Object or another supertype of a value type.)  Working forward from these annotations, an expression E is defined as value-safe if it satisfies one or more of the following: The type of E is a value-safe type. E names a field, parameter, or local variable whose declaration is marked @ValueSafe. E is a call to a method whose declaration is marked @ValueSafe. E is an assignment to a value-safe variable, field reference, or array reference. E is a cast to a value-safe type from a value-safe expression. E is a conditional expression E0 ? E1 : E2, and both E1 and E2 are value-safe. Assignments to value-safe expressions and initializations of value-safe names must take their values from value-safe expressions. A value-safe expression may not be the subject of a value-unsafe operation.  In particular, it cannot be synchronized on, nor can it be compared with the “==” operator, not even with a null or with another value-safe type. In a program where all of these rules are followed, no value-type value will be subject to a value-unsafe operation.  Thus, the prime axiom of value types will be satisfied, that no two value type will be distinguishable as long as their component values are equal. More Code To illustrate these rules, here are some usage examples for Complex: Complex pi = Complex.valueOf(Math.PI, 0); Complex zero = pi.changeRe(0);  //zero = pi; zero.re = 0; ValueType vtype = pi; @SuppressWarnings("value-unsafe")   Object obj = pi; @ValueSafe Object obj2 = pi; obj2 = new Object();  // ok List<Complex> clist = new ArrayList<Complex>(); clist.add(pi);  // (ok assuming List.add param is @ValueSafe) List<ValueType> vlist = new ArrayList<ValueType>(); vlist.add(pi);  // (ok) List<Object> olist = new ArrayList<Object>(); olist.add(pi);  // warning: "value-unsafe" boolean z = pi.equals(zero); boolean z1 = (pi == zero);  // error: reference comparison on value type boolean z2 = (pi == null);  // error: reference comparison on value type boolean z3 = (pi == obj2);  // error: reference comparison on value type synchronized (pi) { }  // error: synch of value, unpredictable result synchronized (obj2) { }  // unpredictable result Complex qq = pi; qq = null;  // possible NPE; warning: “null-unsafe" qq = (Complex) obj;  // warning: “null-unsafe" qq = Complex.cast(obj);  // OK @SuppressWarnings("null-unsafe")   Complex empty = null;  // possible NPE qq = empty;  // possible NPE (null pollution) The Payoffs It follows from this that either the JVM or the java compiler can replace boxed value-type values with unboxed ones, without affecting normal computations.  Fields and variables of value types can be split into their unboxed components.  Non-static methods on value types can be transformed into static methods which take the components as value parameters. Some common questions arise around this point in any discussion of value types. Why burden the programmer with all these extra rules?  Why not detect programs automagically and perform unboxing transparently?  The answer is that it is easy to break the rules accidently unless they are agreed to by the programmer and enforced.  Automatic unboxing optimizations are tantalizing but (so far) unreachable ideal.  In the current state of the art, it is possible exhibit benchmarks in which automatic unboxing provides the desired effects, but it is not possible to provide a JVM with a performance model that assures the programmer when unboxing will occur.  This is why I’m writing this note, to enlist help from, and provide assurances to, the programmer.  Basically, I’m shooting for a good set of user-supplied “pragmas” to frame the desired optimization. Again, the important thing is that the unboxing must be done reliably, or else programmers will have no reason to work with the extra complexity of the value-safety rules.  There must be a reasonably stable performance model, wherein using a value type has approximately the same performance characteristics as writing the unboxed components as separate Java variables. There are some rough corners to the present scheme.  Since Java fields and array elements are initialized to null, value-type computations which incorporate uninitialized variables can produce null pointer exceptions.  One workaround for this is to require such variables to be null-tested, and the result replaced with a suitable all-zero value of the value type.  That is what the “cast” method does above. Generically typed APIs like List<T> will continue to manipulate boxed values always, at least until we figure out how to do reification of generic type instances.  Use of such APIs will elicit warnings until their type parameters (and/or relevant members) are annotated or typed as value-safe.  Retrofitting List<T> is likely to expose flaws in the present scheme, which we will need to engineer around.  Here are a couple of first approaches: public interface java.util.List<@ValueSafe T> extends Collection<T> { … public interface java.util.List<T extends Object|ValueType> extends Collection<T> { … (The second approach would require disjunctive types, in which value-safety is “contagious” from the constituent types.) With more transformations, the return value types of methods can also be unboxed.  This may require significant bytecode-level transformations, and would work best in the presence of a bytecode representation for multiple value groups, which I have proposed elsewhere under the title “Tuples in the VM”. But for starters, the JVM can apply this transformation under the covers, to internally compiled methods.  This would give a way to express multiple return values and structured return values, which is a significant pain-point for Java programmers, especially those who work with low-level structure types favored by modern vector and graphics processors.  The lack of multiple return values has a strong distorting effect on many Java APIs. Even if the JVM fails to unbox a value, there is still potential benefit to the value type.  Clustered computing systems something have copy operations (serialization or something similar) which apply implicitly to command operands.  When copying JVM objects, it is extremely helpful to know when an object’s identity is important or not.  If an object reference is a copied operand, the system may have to create a proxy handle which points back to the original object, so that side effects are visible.  Proxies must be managed carefully, and this can be expensive.  On the other hand, value types are exactly those types which a JVM can “copy and forget” with no downside. Array types are crucial to bulk data interfaces.  (As data sizes and rates increase, bulk data becomes more important than scalar data, so arrays are definitely accompanying us into the future of computing.)  Value types are very helpful for adding structure to bulk data, so a successful value type mechanism will make it easier for us to express richer forms of bulk data. Unboxing arrays (i.e., arrays containing unboxed values) will provide better cache and memory density, and more direct data movement within clustered or heterogeneous computing systems.  They require the deepest transformations, relative to today’s JVM.  There is an impedance mismatch between value-type arrays and Java’s covariant array typing, so compromises will need to be struck with existing Java semantics.  It is probably worth the effort, since arrays of unboxed value types are inherently more memory-efficient than standard Java arrays, which rely on dependent pointer chains. It may be sufficient to extend the “value-safe” concept to array declarations, and allow low-level transformations to change value-safe array declarations from the standard boxed form into an unboxed tuple-based form.  Such value-safe arrays would not be convertible to Object[] arrays.  Certain connection points, such as Arrays.copyOf and System.arraycopy might need additional input/output combinations, to allow smooth conversion between arrays with boxed and unboxed elements. Alternatively, the correct solution may have to wait until we have enough reification of generic types, and enough operator overloading, to enable an overhaul of Java arrays. Implicit Method Definitions The example of class Complex above may be unattractively complex.  I believe most or all of the elements of the example class are required by the logic of value types. If this is true, a programmer who writes a value type will have to write lots of error-prone boilerplate code.  On the other hand, I think nearly all of the code (except for the domain-specific parts like plus and minus) can be implicitly generated. Java has a rule for implicitly defining a class’s constructor, if no it defines no constructors explicitly.  Likewise, there are rules for providing default access modifiers for interface members.  Because of the highly regular structure of value types, it might be reasonable to perform similar implicit transformations on value types.  Here’s an example of a “highly implicit” definition of a complex number type: public class Complex implements ValueType {  // implicitly final     public double re, im;  // implicitly public final     //implicit methods are defined elementwise from te fields:     //  toString, asList, equals(2), hashCode, valueOf, cast     //optionally, explicit methods (plus, abs, etc.) would go here } In other words, with the right defaults, a simple value type definition can be a one-liner.  The observant reader will have noticed the similarities (and suitable differences) between the explicit methods above and the corresponding methods for List<T>. Another way to abbreviate such a class would be to make an annotation the primary trigger of the functionality, and to add the interface(s) implicitly: public @ValueType class Complex { … // implicitly final, implements ValueType (But to me it seems better to communicate the “magic” via an interface, even if it is rooted in an annotation.) Implicitly Defined Value Types So far we have been working with nominal value types, which is to say that the sequence of typed components is associated with a name and additional methods that convey the intention of the programmer.  A simple ordered pair of floating point numbers can be variously interpreted as (to name a few possibilities) a rectangular or polar complex number or Cartesian point.  The name and the methods convey the intended meaning. But what if we need a truly simple ordered pair of floating point numbers, without any further conceptual baggage?  Perhaps we are writing a method (like “divideAndRemainder”) which naturally returns a pair of numbers instead of a single number.  Wrapping the pair of numbers in a nominal type (like “QuotientAndRemainder”) makes as little sense as wrapping a single return value in a nominal type (like “Quotient”).  What we need here are structural value types commonly known as tuples. For the present discussion, let us assign a conventional, JVM-friendly name to tuples, roughly as follows: public class java.lang.tuple.$DD extends java.lang.tuple.Tuple {      double $1, $2; } Here the component names are fixed and all the required methods are defined implicitly.  The supertype is an abstract class which has suitable shared declarations.  The name itself mentions a JVM-style method parameter descriptor, which may be “cracked” to determine the number and types of the component fields. The odd thing about such a tuple type (and structural types in general) is it must be instantiated lazily, in response to linkage requests from one or more classes that need it.  The JVM and/or its class loaders must be prepared to spin a tuple type on demand, given a simple name reference, $xyz, where the xyz is cracked into a series of component types.  (Specifics of naming and name mangling need some tasteful engineering.) Tuples also seem to demand, even more than nominal types, some support from the language.  (This is probably because notations for non-nominal types work best as combinations of punctuation and type names, rather than named constructors like Function3 or Tuple2.)  At a minimum, languages with tuples usually (I think) have some sort of simple bracket notation for creating tuples, and a corresponding pattern-matching syntax (or “destructuring bind”) for taking tuples apart, at least when they are parameter lists.  Designing such a syntax is no simple thing, because it ought to play well with nominal value types, and also with pre-existing Java features, such as method parameter lists, implicit conversions, generic types, and reflection.  That is a task for another day. Other Use Cases Besides complex numbers and simple tuples there are many use cases for value types.  Many tuple-like types have natural value-type representations. These include rational numbers, point locations and pixel colors, and various kinds of dates and addresses. Other types have a variable-length ‘tail’ of internal values. The most common example of this is String, which is (mathematically) a sequence of UTF-16 character values. Similarly, bit vectors, multiple-precision numbers, and polynomials are composed of sequences of values. Such types include, in their representation, a reference to a variable-sized data structure (often an array) which (somehow) represents the sequence of values. The value type may also include ’header’ information. Variable-sized values often have a length distribution which favors short lengths. In that case, the design of the value type can make the first few values in the sequence be direct ’header’ fields of the value type. In the common case where the header is enough to represent the whole value, the tail can be a shared null value, or even just a null reference. Note that the tail need not be an immutable object, as long as the header type encapsulates it well enough. This is the case with String, where the tail is a mutable (but never mutated) character array. Field types and their order must be a globally visible part of the API.  The structure of the value type must be transparent enough to have a globally consistent unboxed representation, so that all callers and callees agree about the type and order of components  that appear as parameters, return types, and array elements.  This is a trade-off between efficiency and encapsulation, which is forced on us when we remove an indirection enjoyed by boxed representations.  A JVM-only transformation would not care about such visibility, but a bytecode transformation would need to take care that (say) the components of complex numbers would not get swapped after a redefinition of Complex and a partial recompile.  Perhaps constant pool references to value types need to declare the field order as assumed by each API user. This brings up the delicate status of private fields in a value type.  It must always be possible to load, store, and copy value types as coordinated groups, and the JVM performs those movements by moving individual scalar values between locals and stack.  If a component field is not public, what is to prevent hostile code from plucking it out of the tuple using a rogue aload or astore instruction?  Nothing but the verifier, so we may need to give it more smarts, so that it treats value types as inseparable groups of stack slots or locals (something like long or double). My initial thought was to make the fields always public, which would make the security problem moot.  But public is not always the right answer; consider the case of String, where the underlying mutable character array must be encapsulated to prevent security holes.  I believe we can win back both sides of the tradeoff, by training the verifier never to split up the components in an unboxed value.  Just as the verifier encapsulates the two halves of a 64-bit primitive, it can encapsulate the the header and body of an unboxed String, so that no code other than that of class String itself can take apart the values. Similar to String, we could build an efficient multi-precision decimal type along these lines: public final class DecimalValue extends ValueType {     protected final long header;     protected private final BigInteger digits;     public DecimalValue valueOf(int value, int scale) {         assert(scale >= 0);         return new DecimalValue(((long)value << 32) + scale, null);     }     public DecimalValue valueOf(long value, int scale) {         if (value == (int) value)             return valueOf((int)value, scale);         return new DecimalValue(-scale, new BigInteger(value));     } } Values of this type would be passed between methods as two machine words. Small values (those with a significand which fits into 32 bits) would be represented without any heap data at all, unless the DecimalValue itself were boxed. (Note the tension between encapsulation and unboxing in this case.  It would be better if the header and digits fields were private, but depending on where the unboxing information must “leak”, it is probably safer to make a public revelation of the internal structure.) Note that, although an array of Complex can be faked with a double-length array of double, there is no easy way to fake an array of unboxed DecimalValues.  (Either an array of boxed values or a transposed pair of homogeneous arrays would be reasonable fallbacks, in a current JVM.)  Getting the full benefit of unboxing and arrays will require some new JVM magic. Although the JVM emphasizes portability, system dependent code will benefit from using machine-level types larger than 64 bits.  For example, the back end of a linear algebra package might benefit from value types like Float4 which map to stock vector types.  This is probably only worthwhile if the unboxing arrays can be packed with such values. More Daydreams A more finely-divided design for dynamic enforcement of value safety could feature separate marker interfaces for each invariant.  An empty marker interface Unsynchronizable could cause suitable exceptions for monitor instructions on objects in marked classes.  More radically, a Interchangeable marker interface could cause JVM primitives that are sensitive to object identity to raise exceptions; the strangest result would be that the acmp instruction would have to be specified as raising an exception. @ValueSafe public interface ValueType extends java.io.Serializable,         Unsynchronizable, Interchangeable { … public class Complex implements ValueType {     // inherits Serializable, Unsynchronizable, Interchangeable, @ValueSafe     … It seems possible that Integer and the other wrapper types could be retro-fitted as value-safe types.  This is a major change, since wrapper objects would be unsynchronizable and their references interchangeable.  It is likely that code which violates value-safety for wrapper types exists but is uncommon.  It is less plausible to retro-fit String, since the prominent operation String.intern is often used with value-unsafe code. We should also reconsider the distinction between boxed and unboxed values in code.  The design presented above obscures that distinction.  As another thought experiment, we could imagine making a first class distinction in the type system between boxed and unboxed representations.  Since only primitive types are named with a lower-case initial letter, we could define that the capitalized version of a value type name always refers to the boxed representation, while the initial lower-case variant always refers to boxed.  For example: complex pi = complex.valueOf(Math.PI, 0); Complex boxPi = pi;  // convert to boxed myList.add(boxPi); complex z = myList.get(0);  // unbox Such a convention could perhaps absorb the current difference between int and Integer, double and Double. It might also allow the programmer to express a helpful distinction among array types. As said above, array types are crucial to bulk data interfaces, but are limited in the JVM.  Extending arrays beyond the present limitations is worth thinking about; for example, the Maxine JVM implementation has a hybrid object/array type.  Something like this which can also accommodate value type components seems worthwhile.  On the other hand, does it make sense for value types to contain short arrays?  And why should random-access arrays be the end of our design process, when bulk data is often sequentially accessed, and it might make sense to have heterogeneous streams of data as the natural “jumbo” data structure.  These considerations must wait for another day and another note. More Work It seems to me that a good sequence for introducing such value types would be as follows: Add the value-safety restrictions to an experimental version of javac. Code some sample applications with value types, including Complex and DecimalValue. Create an experimental JVM which internally unboxes value types but does not require new bytecodes to do so.  Ensure the feasibility of the performance model for the sample applications. Add tuple-like bytecodes (with or without generic type reification) to a major revision of the JVM, and teach the Java compiler to switch in the new bytecodes without code changes. A staggered roll-out like this would decouple language changes from bytecode changes, which is always a convenient thing. A similar investigation should be applied (concurrently) to array types.  In this case, it seems to me that the starting point is in the JVM: Add an experimental unboxing array data structure to a production JVM, perhaps along the lines of Maxine hybrids.  No bytecode or language support is required at first; everything can be done with encapsulated unsafe operations and/or method handles. Create an experimental JVM which internally unboxes value types but does not require new bytecodes to do so.  Ensure the feasibility of the performance model for the sample applications. Add tuple-like bytecodes (with or without generic type reification) to a major revision of the JVM, and teach the Java compiler to switch in the new bytecodes without code changes. That’s enough musing me for now.  Back to work!

    Read the article

  • Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 5 - Jobs Module / View

    Now we starting getting into a more code-heavy portion of this series, thankfully though this means the groundwork is all set for the most part and after adding the modules we will have a complete application that can be provided with full source. The Jobs module will have two concerns- adding and maintaining jobs that can then be broadcast out to the website. How they are displayed on the site will be handled by our admin system (which will just poll from this common database), so we aren't too concerned with that, but rather with getting the information into the system and allowing the backend administration/HR users to keep things up to date. Since there is a fair bit of information that we want to display, we're going to move editing to a separate view so we can get all that information in an easy-to-use spot. With all the files created for this module, the project looks something like this: And now... on to the code. XAML for the Job Posting View All we really need for the Job Posting View is a RadGridView and a few buttons. This will let us both show off records and perform operations on the records without much hassle. That XAML is going to look something like this: 01.<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" 02.Background="White"> 03.<Grid.RowDefinitions> 04.<RowDefinition Height="30" /> 05.<RowDefinition /> 06.</Grid.RowDefinitions> 07.<StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 08.<Button x:Name="xAddRecordButton" 09.Content="Add Job" 10.Width="120" 11.cal:Click.Command="{Binding AddRecord}" 12.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 13.<Button x:Name="xEditRecordButton" 14.Content="Edit Job" 15.Width="120" 16.cal:Click.Command="{Binding EditRecord}" 17.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 18.</StackPanel> 19.<telerikGrid:RadGridView x:Name="xJobsGrid" 20.Grid.Row="1" 21.IsReadOnly="True" 22.AutoGenerateColumns="False" 23.ColumnWidth="*" 24.RowDetailsVisibilityMode="VisibleWhenSelected" 25.ItemsSource="{Binding MyJobs}" 26.SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedJob, Mode=TwoWay}" 27.command:SelectedItemChangedEventClass.Command="{Binding SelectedItemChanged}"> 28.<telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> 29.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Job Title" 30.DataMemberBinding="{Binding JobTitle}" 31.UniqueName="JobTitle" /> 32.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Location" 33.DataMemberBinding="{Binding Location}" 34.UniqueName="Location" /> 35.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Resume Required" 36.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsResume}" 37.UniqueName="NeedsResume" /> 38.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="CV Required" 39.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsCV}" 40.UniqueName="NeedsCV" /> 41.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Overview Required" 42.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsOverview}" 43.UniqueName="NeedsOverview" /> 44.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Active" 45.DataMemberBinding="{Binding IsActive}" 46.UniqueName="IsActive" /> 47.</telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> 48.</telerikGrid:RadGridView> 49.</Grid> I'll explain what's happening here by line numbers: Lines 11 and 16: Using the same type of click commands as we saw in the Menu module, we tie the button clicks to delegate commands in the viewmodel. Line 25: The source for the jobs will be a collection in the viewmodel. Line 26: We also bind the selected item to a public property from the viewmodel for use in code. Line 27: We've turned the event into a command so we can handle it via code in the viewmodel. So those first three probably make sense to you as far as Silverlight/WPF binding magic is concerned, but for line 27... This actually comes from something I read onDamien Schenkelman's blog back in the day for creating an attached behavior from any event. So, any time you see me using command:Whatever.Command, the backing for it is actually something like this: SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior.cs: 01.public class SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior : CommandBehaviorBase<Telerik.Windows.Controls.DataControl> 02.{ 03.public SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DataControl element) 04.: base(element) 05.{ 06.element.SelectionChanged += new EventHandler<SelectionChangeEventArgs>(element_SelectionChanged); 07.} 08.void element_SelectionChanged(object sender, SelectionChangeEventArgs e) 09.{ 10.// We'll only ever allow single selection, so will only need item index 0 11.base.CommandParameter = e.AddedItems[0]; 12.base.ExecuteCommand(); 13.} 14.} SelectedItemChangedEventClass.cs: 01.public class SelectedItemChangedEventClass 02.{ 03.#region The Command Stuff 04.public static ICommand GetCommand(DependencyObject obj) 05.{ 06.return (ICommand)obj.GetValue(CommandProperty); 07.} 08.public static void SetCommand(DependencyObject obj, ICommand value) 09.{ 10.obj.SetValue(CommandProperty, value); 11.} 12.public static readonly DependencyProperty CommandProperty = 13.DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("Command", typeof(ICommand), 14.typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventClass), new PropertyMetadata(OnSetCommandCallback)); 15.public static void OnSetCommandCallback(DependencyObject dependencyObject, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) 16.{ 17.DataControl element = dependencyObject as DataControl; 18.if (element != null) 19.{ 20.SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior behavior = GetOrCreateBehavior(element); 21.behavior.Command = e.NewValue as ICommand; 22.} 23.} 24.#endregion 25.public static SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior GetOrCreateBehavior(DataControl element) 26.{ 27.SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior behavior = element.GetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty) as SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior; 28.if (behavior == null) 29.{ 30.behavior = new SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(element); 31.element.SetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty, behavior); 32.} 33.return behavior; 34.} 35.public static SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior GetSelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DependencyObject obj) 36.{ 37.return (SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior)obj.GetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty); 38.} 39.public static void SetSelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DependencyObject obj, SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior value) 40.{ 41.obj.SetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty, value); 42.} 43.public static readonly DependencyProperty SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty = 44.DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior", 45.typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior), typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventClass), null); 46.} These end up looking very similar from command to command, but in a nutshell you create a command based on any event, determine what the parameter for it will be, then execute. It attaches via XAML and ties to a DelegateCommand in the viewmodel, so you get the full event experience (since some controls get a bit event-rich for added functionality). Simple enough, right? Viewmodel for the Job Posting View The Viewmodel is going to need to handle all events going back and forth, maintaining interactions with the data we are using, and both publishing and subscribing to events. Rather than breaking this into tons of little pieces, I'll give you a nice view of the entire viewmodel and then hit up the important points line-by-line: 001.public class JobPostingViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.public DelegateCommand<object> AddRecord { get; set; } 006.public DelegateCommand<object> EditRecord { get; set; } 007.public DelegateCommand<object> SelectedItemChanged { get; set; } 008.public RecruitingContext context; 009.private QueryableCollectionView _myJobs; 010.public QueryableCollectionView MyJobs 011.{ 012.get { return _myJobs; } 013.} 014.private QueryableCollectionView _selectionJobActionHistory; 015.public QueryableCollectionView SelectedJobActionHistory 016.{ 017.get { return _selectionJobActionHistory; } 018.} 019.private JobPosting _selectedJob; 020.public JobPosting SelectedJob 021.{ 022.get { return _selectedJob; } 023.set 024.{ 025.if (value != _selectedJob) 026.{ 027._selectedJob = value; 028.NotifyChanged("SelectedJob"); 029.} 030.} 031.} 032.public SubscriptionToken editToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 033.public SubscriptionToken addToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 034.public JobPostingViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 035.{ 036.// set Unity items 037.this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 038.this.regionManager = regionmanager; 039.// load our context 040.context = new RecruitingContext(); 041.this._myJobs = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 042.context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 043.// set command events 044.this.AddRecord = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddNewRecord); 045.this.EditRecord = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.EditExistingRecord); 046.this.SelectedItemChanged = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.SelectedRecordChanged); 047.SetSubscriptions(); 048.} 049.#region DelegateCommands from View 050.public void AddNewRecord(object obj) 051.{ 052.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobEvent>().Publish(true); 053.} 054.public void EditExistingRecord(object obj) 055.{ 056.if (_selectedJob == null) 057.{ 058.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<NotifyUserEvent>().Publish("No job selected."); 059.} 060.else 061.{ 062.this._myJobs.EditItem(this._selectedJob); 063.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobEvent>().Publish(this._selectedJob); 064.} 065.} 066.public void SelectedRecordChanged(object obj) 067.{ 068.if (obj.GetType() == typeof(ActionHistory)) 069.{ 070.// event bubbles up so we don't catch items from the ActionHistory grid 071.} 072.else 073.{ 074.JobPosting job = obj as JobPosting; 075.GrabHistory(job.PostingID); 076.} 077.} 078.#endregion 079.#region Subscription Declaration and Events 080.public void SetSubscriptions() 081.{ 082.EditJobCompleteEvent editComplete = eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>(); 083.if (editToken != null) 084.editComplete.Unsubscribe(editToken); 085.editToken = editComplete.Subscribe(this.EditCompleteEventHandler); 086.AddJobCompleteEvent addComplete = eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>(); 087.if (addToken != null) 088.addComplete.Unsubscribe(addToken); 089.addToken = addComplete.Subscribe(this.AddCompleteEventHandler); 090.} 091.public void EditCompleteEventHandler(bool complete) 092.{ 093.if (complete) 094.{ 095.JobPosting thisJob = _myJobs.CurrentEditItem as JobPosting; 096.this._myJobs.CommitEdit(); 097.this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.{ 099.ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.myAction.PostingID = thisJob.PostingID; 101.myAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been edited by {1}", thisJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 102.myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 103.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 104.} 105., null); 106.} 107.else 108.{ 109.this._myJobs.CancelEdit(); 110.} 111.this.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "JobPostingsView"); 112.} 113.public void AddCompleteEventHandler(JobPosting job) 114.{ 115.if (job == null) 116.{ 117.// do nothing, new job add cancelled 118.} 119.else 120.{ 121.this.context.JobPostings.Add(job); 122.this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 123.{ 124.ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 125.myAction.PostingID = job.PostingID; 126.myAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been added by {1}", job.JobTitle, "default user"); 127.myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 128.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 129.} 130., null); 131.} 132.this.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "JobPostingsView"); 133.} 134.#endregion 135.public void GrabHistory(int postID) 136.{ 137.context.ActionHistories.Clear(); 138._selectionJobActionHistory = new QueryableCollectionView(context.ActionHistories); 139.context.Load(context.GetHistoryForJobQuery(postID)); 140.} Taking it from the top, we're injecting an Event Aggregator and Region Manager for use down the road and also have the public DelegateCommands (just like in the Menu module). We also grab a reference to our context, which we'll obviously need for data, then set up a few fields with public properties tied to them. We're also setting subscription tokens, which we have not yet seen but I will get into below. The AddNewRecord (50) and EditExistingRecord (54) methods should speak for themselves for functionality, the one thing of note is we're sending events off to the Event Aggregator which some module, somewhere will take care of. Since these aren't entirely relying on one another, the Jobs View doesn't care if anyone is listening, but it will publish AddJobEvent (52), NotifyUserEvent (58) and EditJobEvent (63)regardless. Don't mind the GrabHistory() method so much, that is just grabbing history items (visibly being created in the SubmitChanges callbacks), and adding them to the database. Every action will trigger a history event, so we'll know who modified what and when, just in case. ;) So where are we at? Well, if we click to Add a job, we publish an event, if we edit a job, we publish an event with the selected record (attained through the magic of binding). Where is this all going though? To the Viewmodel, of course! XAML for the AddEditJobView This is pretty straightforward except for one thing, noted below: 001.<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" 002.Background="White"> 003.<Grid x:Name="xEditGrid" 004.Margin="10" 005.validationHelper:ValidationScope.Errors="{Binding Errors}"> 006.<Grid.Background> 007.<LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" 008.StartPoint="0.5,0"> 009.<GradientStop Color="#FFC7C7C7" 010.Offset="0" /> 011.<GradientStop Color="#FFF6F3F3" 012.Offset="1" /> 013.</LinearGradientBrush> 014.</Grid.Background> 015.<Grid.RowDefinitions> 016.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 017.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 018.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 019.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 020.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 021.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 022.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 023.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 024.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 025.</Grid.RowDefinitions> 026.<Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 027.<ColumnDefinition Width="150" /> 028.<ColumnDefinition Width="150" /> 029.<ColumnDefinition Width="300" /> 030.<ColumnDefinition Width="100" /> 031.</Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 032.<!-- Title --> 033.<TextBlock Margin="8" 034.Text="{Binding AddEditString}" 035.TextWrapping="Wrap" 036.Grid.Column="1" 037.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 038.FontSize="16" /> 039.<!-- Data entry area--> 040. 041.<TextBlock Margin="8,0,0,0" 042.Style="{StaticResource LabelTxb}" 043.Grid.Row="1" 044.Text="Job Title" 045.VerticalAlignment="Center" /> 046.<TextBox x:Name="xJobTitleTB" 047.Margin="0,8" 048.Grid.Column="1" 049.Grid.Row="1" 050.Text="{Binding activeJob.JobTitle, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 051.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 052.<TextBlock Margin="8,0,0,0" 053.Grid.Row="2" 054.Text="Location" 055.d:LayoutOverrides="Height" 056.VerticalAlignment="Center" /> 057.<TextBox x:Name="xLocationTB" 058.Margin="0,8" 059.Grid.Column="1" 060.Grid.Row="2" 061.Text="{Binding activeJob.Location, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 062.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 063. 064.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 065.Grid.Row="3" 066.Text="Description" 067.TextWrapping="Wrap" 068.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 069. 070.<TextBox x:Name="xDescriptionTB" 071.Height="84" 072.TextWrapping="Wrap" 073.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 074.Grid.Column="1" 075.Grid.Row="3" 076.Text="{Binding activeJob.Description, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 077.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 078.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 079.Grid.Row="4" 080.Text="Requirements" 081.TextWrapping="Wrap" 082.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 083. 084.<TextBox x:Name="xRequirementsTB" 085.Height="84" 086.TextWrapping="Wrap" 087.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 088.Grid.Column="1" 089.Grid.Row="4" 090.Text="{Binding activeJob.Requirements, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 091.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 092.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 093.Grid.Row="5" 094.Text="Qualifications" 095.TextWrapping="Wrap" 096.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 097. 098.<TextBox x:Name="xQualificationsTB" 099.Height="84" 100.TextWrapping="Wrap" 101.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 102.Grid.Column="1" 103.Grid.Row="5" 104.Text="{Binding activeJob.Qualifications, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 105.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 106.<!-- Requirements Checkboxes--> 107. 108.<CheckBox x:Name="xResumeRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 109.Content="Resume Required" 110.Grid.Row="6" 111.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 112.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsResume, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 113. 114.<CheckBox x:Name="xCoverletterRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 115.Content="Cover Letter Required" 116.Grid.Column="2" 117.Grid.Row="6" 118.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsCV, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 119. 120.<CheckBox x:Name="xOverviewRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 121.Content="Overview Required" 122.Grid.Row="7" 123.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 124.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsOverview, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 125. 126.<CheckBox x:Name="xJobActiveCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 127.Content="Job is Active" 128.Grid.Column="2" 129.Grid.Row="7" 130.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.IsActive, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 131. 132.<!-- Buttons --> 133. 134.<Button x:Name="xAddEditButton" Margin="8,8,0,10" 135.Content="{Binding AddEditButtonString}" 136.cal:Click.Command="{Binding AddEditCommand}" 137.Grid.Column="2" 138.Grid.Row="8" 139.HorizontalAlignment="Left" 140.Width="125" 141.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 142. 143.<Button x:Name="xCancelButton" HorizontalAlignment="Right" 144.Content="Cancel" 145.cal:Click.Command="{Binding CancelCommand}" 146.Margin="0,8,8,10" 147.Width="125" 148.Grid.Column="2" 149.Grid.Row="8" 150.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 151.</Grid> 152.</Grid> The 'validationHelper:ValidationScope' line may seem odd. This is a handy little trick for catching current and would-be validation errors when working in this whole setup. This all comes from an approach found on theJoy Of Code blog, although it looks like the story for this will be changing slightly with new advances in SL4/WCF RIA Services, so this section can definitely get an overhaul a little down the road. The code is the fun part of all this, so let us see what's happening under the hood. Viewmodel for the AddEditJobView We are going to see some of the same things happening here, so I'll skip over the repeat info and get right to the good stuff: 001.public class AddEditJobViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005. 006.public RecruitingContext context; 007. 008.private JobPosting _activeJob; 009.public JobPosting activeJob 010.{ 011.get { return _activeJob; } 012.set 013.{ 014.if (_activeJob != value) 015.{ 016._activeJob = value; 017.NotifyChanged("activeJob"); 018.} 019.} 020.} 021. 022.public bool isNewJob; 023. 024.private string _addEditString; 025.public string AddEditString 026.{ 027.get { return _addEditString; } 028.set 029.{ 030.if (_addEditString != value) 031.{ 032._addEditString = value; 033.NotifyChanged("AddEditString"); 034.} 035.} 036.} 037. 038.private string _addEditButtonString; 039.public string AddEditButtonString 040.{ 041.get { return _addEditButtonString; } 042.set 043.{ 044.if (_addEditButtonString != value) 045.{ 046._addEditButtonString = value; 047.NotifyChanged("AddEditButtonString"); 048.} 049.} 050.} 051. 052.public SubscriptionToken addJobToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 053.public SubscriptionToken editJobToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 054. 055.public DelegateCommand<object> AddEditCommand { get; set; } 056.public DelegateCommand<object> CancelCommand { get; set; } 057. 058.private ObservableCollection<ValidationError> _errors = new ObservableCollection<ValidationError>(); 059.public ObservableCollection<ValidationError> Errors 060.{ 061.get { return _errors; } 062.} 063. 064.private ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> _valResults = new ObservableCollection<ValidationResult>(); 065.public ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> ValResults 066.{ 067.get { return this._valResults; } 068.} 069. 070.public AddEditJobViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 071.{ 072.// set Unity items 073.this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 074.this.regionManager = regionmanager; 075. 076.context = new RecruitingContext(); 077. 078.AddEditCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddEditJobCommand); 079.CancelCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.CancelAddEditCommand); 080. 081.SetSubscriptions(); 082.} 083. 084.#region Subscription Declaration and Events 085. 086.public void SetSubscriptions() 087.{ 088.AddJobEvent addJob = this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobEvent>(); 089. 090.if (addJobToken != null) 091.addJob.Unsubscribe(addJobToken); 092. 093.addJobToken = addJob.Subscribe(this.AddJobEventHandler); 094. 095.EditJobEvent editJob = this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobEvent>(); 096. 097.if (editJobToken != null) 098.editJob.Unsubscribe(editJobToken); 099. 100.editJobToken = editJob.Subscribe(this.EditJobEventHandler); 101.} 102. 103.public void AddJobEventHandler(bool isNew) 104.{ 105.this.activeJob = null; 106.this.activeJob = new JobPosting(); 107.this.activeJob.IsActive = true; // We assume that we want a new job to go up immediately 108.this.isNewJob = true; 109.this.AddEditString = "Add New Job Posting"; 110.this.AddEditButtonString = "Add Job"; 111. 112.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "AddEditJobView"); 113.} 114. 115.public void EditJobEventHandler(JobPosting editJob) 116.{ 117.this.activeJob = null; 118.this.activeJob = editJob; 119.this.isNewJob = false; 120.this.AddEditString = "Edit Job Posting"; 121.this.AddEditButtonString = "Edit Job"; 122. 123.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "AddEditJobView"); 124.} 125. 126.#endregion 127. 128.#region DelegateCommands from View 129. 130.public void AddEditJobCommand(object obj) 131.{ 132.if (this.Errors.Count > 0) 133.{ 134.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 135. 136.foreach (var valR in this.Errors) 137.{ 138.errorMessages.Add(valR.Exception.Message); 139.} 140. 141.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<DisplayValidationErrorsEvent>().Publish(errorMessages); 142. 143.} 144.else if (!Validator.TryValidateObject(this.activeJob, new ValidationContext(this.activeJob, null, null), _valResults, true)) 145.{ 146.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 147. 148.foreach (var valR in this._valResults) 149.{ 150.errorMessages.Add(valR.ErrorMessage); 151.} 152. 153.this._valResults.Clear(); 154. 155.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<DisplayValidationErrorsEvent>().Publish(errorMessages); 156.} 157.else 158.{ 159.if (this.isNewJob) 160.{ 161.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(this.activeJob); 162.} 163.else 164.{ 165.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(true); 166.} 167.} 168.} 169. 170.public void CancelAddEditCommand(object obj) 171.{ 172.if (this.isNewJob) 173.{ 174.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(null); 175.} 176.else 177.{ 178.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(false); 179.} 180.} 181. 182.#endregion 183.} 184.} We start seeing something new on line 103- the AddJobEventHandler will create a new job and set that to the activeJob item on the ViewModel. When this is all set, the view calls that familiar MakeMeActive method to activate itself. I made a bit of a management call on making views self-activate like this, but I figured it works for one reason. As I create this application, views may not exist that I have in mind, so after a view receives its 'ping' from being subscribed to an event, it prepares whatever it needs to do and then goes active. This way if I don't have 'edit' hooked up, I can click as the day is long on the main view and won't get lost in an empty region. Total personal preference here. :) Everything else should again be pretty straightforward, although I do a bit of validation checking in the AddEditJobCommand, which can either fire off an event back to the main view/viewmodel if everything is a success or sent a list of errors to our notification module, which pops open a RadWindow with the alerts if any exist. As a bonus side note, here's what my WCF RIA Services metadata looks like for handling all of the validation: private JobPostingMetadata() { } [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage = "Description should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength = 1)] [Required(ErrorMessage = "Description is required.")] public string Description; [Required(ErrorMessage="Active Status is Required")] public bool IsActive; [StringLength(100, ErrorMessage = "Posting title must be more than 3 but less than 100 characters.", MinimumLength = 3)] [Required(ErrorMessage = "Job Title is required.")] public bool JobTitle; [Required] public string Location; public bool NeedsCV; public bool NeedsOverview; public bool NeedsResume; public int PostingID; [Required(ErrorMessage="Qualifications are required.")] [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage="Qualifications should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength=1)] public string Qualifications; [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage = "Requirements should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength = 1)] [Required(ErrorMessage="Requirements are required.")] public string Requirements;   The RecruitCB Alternative See all that Xaml I pasted above? Those are now two pieces sitting in the JobsView.xaml file now. The only real difference is that the xEditGrid now sits in the same place as xJobsGrid, with visibility swapping out between the two for a quick switch. I also took out all the cal: and command: command references and replaced Button events with clicks and the Grid selection command replaced with a SelectedItemChanged event. Also, at the bottom of the xEditGrid after the last button, I add a ValidationSummary (with Visibility=Collapsed) to catch any errors that are popping up. Simple as can be, and leads to this being the single code-behind file: 001.public partial class JobsView : UserControl 002.{ 003.public RecruitingContext context; 004.public JobPosting activeJob; 005.public bool isNew; 006.private ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> _valResults = new ObservableCollection<ValidationResult>(); 007.public ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> ValResults 008.{ 009.get { return this._valResults; } 010.} 011.public JobsView() 012.{ 013.InitializeComponent(); 014.this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(JobsView_Loaded); 015.} 016.void JobsView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 017.{ 018.context = new RecruitingContext(); 019.xJobsGrid.ItemsSource = context.JobPostings; 020.context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 021.} 022.private void xAddRecordButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 023.{ 024.activeJob = new JobPosting(); 025.isNew = true; 026.xAddEditTitle.Text = "Add a Job Posting"; 027.xAddEditButton.Content = "Add"; 028.xEditGrid.DataContext = activeJob; 029.HideJobsGrid(); 030.} 031.private void xEditRecordButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 032.{ 033.activeJob = xJobsGrid.SelectedItem as JobPosting; 034.isNew = false; 035.xAddEditTitle.Text = "Edit a Job Posting"; 036.xAddEditButton.Content = "Edit"; 037.xEditGrid.DataContext = activeJob; 038.HideJobsGrid(); 039.} 040.private void xAddEditButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 041.{ 042.if (!Validator.TryValidateObject(this.activeJob, new ValidationContext(this.activeJob, null, null), _valResults, true)) 043.{ 044.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 045.foreach (var valR in this._valResults) 046.{ 047.errorMessages.Add(valR.ErrorMessage); 048.} 049.this._valResults.Clear(); 050.ShowErrors(errorMessages); 051.} 052.else if (xSummary.Errors.Count > 0) 053.{ 054.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 055.foreach (var err in xSummary.Errors) 056.{ 057.errorMessages.Add(err.Message); 058.} 059.ShowErrors(errorMessages); 060.} 061.else 062.{ 063.if (this.isNew) 064.{ 065.context.JobPostings.Add(activeJob); 066.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 067.{ 068.ActionHistory thisAction = new ActionHistory(); 069.thisAction.PostingID = activeJob.PostingID; 070.thisAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been edited by {1}", activeJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 071.thisAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 072.context.ActionHistories.Add(thisAction); 073.context.SubmitChanges(); 074.}, null); 075.} 076.else 077.{ 078.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 079.{ 080.ActionHistory thisAction = new ActionHistory(); 081.thisAction.PostingID = activeJob.PostingID; 082.thisAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been added by {1}", activeJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 083.thisAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 084.context.ActionHistories.Add(thisAction); 085.context.SubmitChanges(); 086.}, null); 087.} 088.ShowJobsGrid(); 089.} 090.} 091.private void xCancelButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 092.{ 093.ShowJobsGrid(); 094.} 095.private void ShowJobsGrid() 096.{ 097.xAddEditRecordButtonPanel.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 098.xEditGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 099.xJobsGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 100.} 101.private void HideJobsGrid() 102.{ 103.xAddEditRecordButtonPanel.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 104.xJobsGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 105.xEditGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 106.} 107.private void ShowErrors(List<string> errorList) 108.{ 109.string nm = "Errors received: \n"; 110.foreach (string anerror in errorList) 111.nm += anerror + "\n"; 112.RadWindow.Alert(nm); 113.} 114.} The first 39 lines should be pretty familiar, not doing anything too unorthodox to get this up and running. Once we hit the xAddEditButton_Click on line 40, we're still doing pretty much the same things except instead of checking the ValidationHelper errors, we both run a check on the current activeJob object as well as check the ValidationSummary errors list. Once that is set, we again use the callback of context.SubmitChanges (lines 68 and 78) to create an ActionHistory which we will use to track these items down the line. That's all? Essentially... yes. If you look back through this post, most of the code and adventures we have taken were just to get things working in the MVVM/Prism setup. Since I have the whole 'module' self-contained in a single JobView+code-behind setup, I don't have to worry about things like sending events off into space for someone to pick up, communicating through an Infrastructure project, or even re-inventing events to be used with attached behaviors. Everything just kinda works, and again with much less code. Here's a picture of the MVVM and Code-behind versions on the Jobs and AddEdit views, but since the functionality is the same in both apps you still cannot tell them apart (for two-strike): Looking ahead, the Applicants module is effectively the same thing as the Jobs module, so most of the code is being cut-and-pasted back and forth with minor tweaks here and there. So that one is being taken care of by me behind the scenes. Next time, we get into a new world of fun- the interview scheduling module, which will pull from available jobs and applicants for each interview being scheduled, tying everything together with RadScheduler to the rescue. Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • How John Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying

    - by rchrd
    The following article was published on a Sun Microsystems website a number of years ago by John Feo. It is still useful and worth preserving. So I'm republishing it here.  How I Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying John Feo, Sun Microsystems Taking ten "personal" program codes used in scientific and engineering research, the author was able to get from 2 to 15 times performance improvement easily by applying some simple general optimization techniques. Introduction Scientific research based on computer simulation depends on the simulation for advancement. The research can advance only as fast as the computational codes can execute. The codes' efficiency determines both the rate and quality of results. In the same amount of time, a faster program can generate more results and can carry out a more detailed simulation of physical phenomena than a slower program. Highly optimized programs help science advance quickly and insure that monies supporting scientific research are used as effectively as possible. Scientific computer codes divide into three broad categories: ISV, community, and personal. ISV codes are large, mature production codes developed and sold commercially. The codes improve slowly over time both in methods and capabilities, and they are well tuned for most vendor platforms. Since the codes are mature and complex, there are few opportunities to improve their performance solely through code optimization. Improvements of 10% to 15% are typical. Examples of ISV codes are DYNA3D, Gaussian, and Nastran. Community codes are non-commercial production codes used by a particular research field. Generally, they are developed and distributed by a single academic or research institution with assistance from the community. Most users just run the codes, but some develop new methods and extensions that feed back into the general release. The codes are available on most vendor platforms. Since these codes are younger than ISV codes, there are more opportunities to optimize the source code. Improvements of 50% are not unusual. Examples of community codes are AMBER, CHARM, BLAST, and FASTA. Personal codes are those written by single users or small research groups for their own use. These codes are not distributed, but may be passed from professor-to-student or student-to-student over several years. They form the primordial ocean of applications from which community and ISV codes emerge. Government research grants pay for the development of most personal codes. This paper reports on the nature and performance of this class of codes. Over the last year, I have looked at over two dozen personal codes from more than a dozen research institutions. The codes cover a variety of scientific fields, including astronomy, atmospheric sciences, bioinformatics, biology, chemistry, geology, and physics. The sources range from a few hundred lines to more than ten thousand lines, and are written in Fortran, Fortran 90, C, and C++. For the most part, the codes are modular, documented, and written in a clear, straightforward manner. They do not use complex language features, advanced data structures, programming tricks, or libraries. I had little trouble understanding what the codes did or how data structures were used. Most came with a makefile. Surprisingly, only one of the applications is parallel. All developers have access to parallel machines, so availability is not an issue. Several tried to parallelize their applications, but stopped after encountering difficulties. Lack of education and a perception that parallelism is difficult prevented most from trying. I parallelized several of the codes using OpenMP, and did not judge any of the codes as difficult to parallelize. Even more surprising than the lack of parallelism is the inefficiency of the codes. I was able to get large improvements in performance in a matter of a few days applying simple optimization techniques. Table 1 lists ten representative codes [names and affiliation are omitted to preserve anonymity]. Improvements on one processor range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. I did not use sophisticated performance tools or drill deep into the program's execution character as one would do when tuning ISV or community codes. Using only a profiler and source line timers, I identified inefficient sections of code and improved their performance by inspection. The changes were at a high level. I am sure there is another factor of 2 or 3 in each code, and more if the codes are parallelized. The study’s results show that personal scientific codes are running many times slower than they should and that the problem is pervasive. Computational scientists are not sloppy programmers; however, few are trained in the art of computer programming or code optimization. I found that most have a working knowledge of some programming language and standard software engineering practices; but they do not know, or think about, how to make their programs run faster. They simply do not know the standard techniques used to make codes run faster. In fact, they do not even perceive that such techniques exist. The case studies described in this paper show that applying simple, well known techniques can significantly increase the performance of personal codes. It is important that the scientific community and the Government agencies that support scientific research find ways to better educate academic scientific programmers. The inefficiency of their codes is so bad that it is retarding both the quality and progress of scientific research. # cacheperformance redundantoperations loopstructures performanceimprovement 1 x x 15.5 2 x 2.8 3 x x 2.5 4 x 2.1 5 x x 2.0 6 x 5.0 7 x 5.8 8 x 6.3 9 2.2 10 x x 3.3 Table 1 — Area of improvement and performance gains of 10 codes The remainder of the paper is organized as follows: sections 2, 3, and 4 discuss the three most common sources of inefficiencies in the codes studied. These are cache performance, redundant operations, and loop structures. Each section includes several examples. The last section summaries the work and suggests a possible solution to the issues raised. Optimizing cache performance Commodity microprocessor systems use caches to increase memory bandwidth and reduce memory latencies. Typical latencies from processor to L1, L2, local, and remote memory are 3, 10, 50, and 200 cycles, respectively. Moreover, bandwidth falls off dramatically as memory distances increase. Programs that do not use cache effectively run many times slower than programs that do. When optimizing for cache, the biggest performance gains are achieved by accessing data in cache order and reusing data to amortize the overhead of cache misses. Secondary considerations are prefetching, associativity, and replacement; however, the understanding and analysis required to optimize for the latter are probably beyond the capabilities of the non-expert. Much can be gained simply by accessing data in the correct order and maximizing data reuse. 6 out of the 10 codes studied here benefited from such high level optimizations. Array Accesses The most important cache optimization is the most basic: accessing Fortran array elements in column order and C array elements in row order. Four of the ten codes—1, 2, 4, and 10—got it wrong. Compilers will restructure nested loops to optimize cache performance, but may not do so if the loop structure is too complex, or the loop body includes conditionals, complex addressing, or function calls. In code 1, the compiler failed to invert a key loop because of complex addressing do I = 0, 1010, delta_x IM = I - delta_x IP = I + delta_x do J = 5, 995, delta_x JM = J - delta_x JP = J + delta_x T1 = CA1(IP, J) + CA1(I, JP) T2 = CA1(IM, J) + CA1(I, JM) S1 = T1 + T2 - 4 * CA1(I, J) CA(I, J) = CA1(I, J) + D * S1 end do end do In code 2, the culprit is conditionals do I = 1, N do J = 1, N If (IFLAG(I,J) .EQ. 0) then T1 = Value(I, J-1) T2 = Value(I-1, J) T3 = Value(I, J) T4 = Value(I+1, J) T5 = Value(I, J+1) Value(I,J) = 0.25 * (T1 + T2 + T5 + T4) Delta = ABS(T3 - Value(I,J)) If (Delta .GT. MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta endif enddo enddo I fixed both programs by inverting the loops by hand. Code 10 has three-dimensional arrays and triply nested loops. The structure of the most computationally intensive loops is too complex to invert automatically or by hand. The only practical solution is to transpose the arrays so that the dimension accessed by the innermost loop is in cache order. The arrays can be transposed at construction or prior to entering a computationally intensive section of code. The former requires all array references to be modified, while the latter is cost effective only if the cost of the transpose is amortized over many accesses. I used the second approach to optimize code 10. Code 5 has four-dimensional arrays and loops are nested four deep. For all of the reasons cited above the compiler is not able to restructure three key loops. Assume C arrays and let the four dimensions of the arrays be i, j, k, and l. In the original code, the index structure of the three loops is L1: for i L2: for i L3: for i for l for l for j for k for j for k for j for k for l So only L3 accesses array elements in cache order. L1 is a very complex loop—much too complex to invert. I brought the loop into cache alignment by transposing the second and fourth dimensions of the arrays. Since the code uses a macro to compute all array indexes, I effected the transpose at construction and changed the macro appropriately. The dimensions of the new arrays are now: i, l, k, and j. L3 is a simple loop and easily inverted. L2 has a loop-carried scalar dependence in k. By promoting the scalar name that carries the dependence to an array, I was able to invert the third and fourth subloops aligning the loop with cache. Code 5 is by far the most difficult of the four codes to optimize for array accesses; but the knowledge required to fix the problems is no more than that required for the other codes. I would judge this code at the limits of, but not beyond, the capabilities of appropriately trained computational scientists. Array Strides When a cache miss occurs, a line (64 bytes) rather than just one word is loaded into the cache. If data is accessed stride 1, than the cost of the miss is amortized over 8 words. Any stride other than one reduces the cost savings. Two of the ten codes studied suffered from non-unit strides. The codes represent two important classes of "strided" codes. Code 1 employs a multi-grid algorithm to reduce time to convergence. The grids are every tenth, fifth, second, and unit element. Since time to convergence is inversely proportional to the distance between elements, coarse grids converge quickly providing good starting values for finer grids. The better starting values further reduce the time to convergence. The downside is that grids of every nth element, n > 1, introduce non-unit strides into the computation. In the original code, much of the savings of the multi-grid algorithm were lost due to this problem. I eliminated the problem by compressing (copying) coarse grids into continuous memory, and rewriting the computation as a function of the compressed grid. On convergence, I copied the final values of the compressed grid back to the original grid. The savings gained from unit stride access of the compressed grid more than paid for the cost of copying. Using compressed grids, the loop from code 1 included in the previous section becomes do j = 1, GZ do i = 1, GZ T1 = CA(i+0, j-1) + CA(i-1, j+0) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 enddo enddo where CA and CA1 are compressed arrays of size GZ. Code 7 traverses a list of objects selecting objects for later processing. The labels of the selected objects are stored in an array. The selection step has unit stride, but the processing steps have irregular stride. A fix is to save the parameters of the selected objects in temporary arrays as they are selected, and pass the temporary arrays to the processing functions. The fix is practical if the same parameters are used in selection as in processing, or if processing comprises a series of distinct steps which use overlapping subsets of the parameters. Both conditions are true for code 7, so I achieved significant improvement by copying parameters to temporary arrays during selection. Data reuse In the previous sections, we optimized for spatial locality. It is also important to optimize for temporal locality. Once read, a datum should be used as much as possible before it is forced from cache. Loop fusion and loop unrolling are two techniques that increase temporal locality. Unfortunately, both techniques increase register pressure—as loop bodies become larger, the number of registers required to hold temporary values grows. Once register spilling occurs, any gains evaporate quickly. For multiprocessors with small register sets or small caches, the sweet spot can be very small. In the ten codes presented here, I found no opportunities for loop fusion and only two opportunities for loop unrolling (codes 1 and 3). In code 1, unrolling the outer and inner loop one iteration increases the number of result values computed by the loop body from 1 to 4, do J = 1, GZ-2, 2 do I = 1, GZ-2, 2 T1 = CA1(i+0, j-1) + CA1(i-1, j+0) T2 = CA1(i+1, j-1) + CA1(i+0, j+0) T3 = CA1(i+0, j+0) + CA1(i-1, j+1) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) T5 = CA1(i+2, j+0) + CA1(i+1, j+1) T6 = CA1(i+1, j+1) + CA1(i+0, j+2) T7 = CA1(i+2, j+1) + CA1(i+1, j+2) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) S2 = T2 + T5 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+0) S3 = T3 + T6 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+1) S4 = T4 + T7 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+1) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 CA(i+1, j+0) = CA1(i+1, j+0) + DD * S2 CA(i+0, j+1) = CA1(i+0, j+1) + DD * S3 CA(i+1, j+1) = CA1(i+1, j+1) + DD * S4 enddo enddo The loop body executes 12 reads, whereas as the rolled loop shown in the previous section executes 20 reads to compute the same four values. In code 3, two loops are unrolled 8 times and one loop is unrolled 4 times. Here is the before for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { sum = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum += W[y][u][k] * delta[y]; } backprop[i++]=sum; } and after code for (k = 0; k < KK - 8; k+=8) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum0 += W[y][0][k+0] * delta[y]; sum1 += W[y][0][k+1] * delta[y]; sum2 += W[y][0][k+2] * delta[y]; sum3 += W[y][0][k+3] * delta[y]; sum4 += W[y][0][k+4] * delta[y]; sum5 += W[y][0][k+5] * delta[y]; sum6 += W[y][0][k+6] * delta[y]; sum7 += W[y][0][k+7] * delta[y]; } backprop[k+0] = sum0; backprop[k+1] = sum1; backprop[k+2] = sum2; backprop[k+3] = sum3; backprop[k+4] = sum4; backprop[k+5] = sum5; backprop[k+6] = sum6; backprop[k+7] = sum7; } for one of the loops unrolled 8 times. Optimizing for temporal locality is the most difficult optimization considered in this paper. The concepts are not difficult, but the sweet spot is small. Identifying where the program can benefit from loop unrolling or loop fusion is not trivial. Moreover, it takes some effort to get it right. Still, educating scientific programmers about temporal locality and teaching them how to optimize for it will pay dividends. Reducing instruction count Execution time is a function of instruction count. Reduce the count and you usually reduce the time. The best solution is to use a more efficient algorithm; that is, an algorithm whose order of complexity is smaller, that converges quicker, or is more accurate. Optimizing source code without changing the algorithm yields smaller, but still significant, gains. This paper considers only the latter because the intent is to study how much better codes can run if written by programmers schooled in basic code optimization techniques. The ten codes studied benefited from three types of "instruction reducing" optimizations. The two most prevalent were hoisting invariant memory and data operations out of inner loops. The third was eliminating unnecessary data copying. The nature of these inefficiencies is language dependent. Memory operations The semantics of C make it difficult for the compiler to determine all the invariant memory operations in a loop. The problem is particularly acute for loops in functions since the compiler may not know the values of the function's parameters at every call site when compiling the function. Most compilers support pragmas to help resolve ambiguities; however, these pragmas are not comprehensive and there is no standard syntax. To guarantee that invariant memory operations are not executed repetitively, the user has little choice but to hoist the operations by hand. The problem is not as severe in Fortran programs because in the absence of equivalence statements, it is a violation of the language's semantics for two names to share memory. Codes 3 and 5 are C programs. In both cases, the compiler did not hoist all invariant memory operations from inner loops. Consider the following loop from code 3 for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += delta[y] * I1[i++]; } } } Since dW[y][u] can point to the same memory space as delta for one or more values of y and u, assignment to dW[y][u][k] may change the value of delta[y]. In reality, dW and delta do not overlap in memory, so I rewrote the loop as for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; Dy = delta[y]; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += Dy * I1[i++]; } } } Failure to hoist invariant memory operations may be due to complex address calculations. If the compiler can not determine that the address calculation is invariant, then it can hoist neither the calculation nor the associated memory operations. As noted above, code 5 uses a macro to address four-dimensional arrays #define MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) (double *)((a)->data + (q)*(a)->strides[0] + (i)*(a)->strides[3] + (j)*(a)->strides[2] + (k)*(a)->strides[1]) The macro is too complex for the compiler to understand and so, it does not identify any subexpressions as loop invariant. The simplest way to eliminate the address calculation from the innermost loop (over i) is to define a0 = MAT4D(a,q,0,j,k) before the loop and then replace all instances of *MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) in the loop with a0[i] A similar problem appears in code 6, a Fortran program. The key loop in this program is do n1 = 1, nh nx1 = (n1 - 1) / nz + 1 nz1 = n1 - nz * (nx1 - 1) do n2 = 1, nh nx2 = (n2 - 1) / nz + 1 nz2 = n2 - nz * (nx2 - 1) ndx = nx2 - nx1 ndy = nz2 - nz1 gxx = grn(1,ndx,ndy) gyy = grn(2,ndx,ndy) gxy = grn(3,ndx,ndy) balance(n1,1) = balance(n1,1) + (force(n2,1) * gxx + force(n2,2) * gxy) * h1 balance(n1,2) = balance(n1,2) + (force(n2,1) * gxy + force(n2,2) * gyy)*h1 end do end do The programmer has written this loop well—there are no loop invariant operations with respect to n1 and n2. However, the loop resides within an iterative loop over time and the index calculations are independent with respect to time. Trading space for time, I precomputed the index values prior to the entering the time loop and stored the values in two arrays. I then replaced the index calculations with reads of the arrays. Data operations Ways to reduce data operations can appear in many forms. Implementing a more efficient algorithm produces the biggest gains. The closest I came to an algorithm change was in code 4. This code computes the inner product of K-vectors A(i) and B(j), 0 = i < N, 0 = j < M, for most values of i and j. Since the program computes most of the NM possible inner products, it is more efficient to compute all the inner products in one triply-nested loop rather than one at a time when needed. The savings accrue from reading A(i) once for all B(j) vectors and from loop unrolling. for (i = 0; i < N; i+=8) { for (j = 0; j < M; j++) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (k = 0; k < K; k++) { sum0 += A[i+0][k] * B[j][k]; sum1 += A[i+1][k] * B[j][k]; sum2 += A[i+2][k] * B[j][k]; sum3 += A[i+3][k] * B[j][k]; sum4 += A[i+4][k] * B[j][k]; sum5 += A[i+5][k] * B[j][k]; sum6 += A[i+6][k] * B[j][k]; sum7 += A[i+7][k] * B[j][k]; } C[i+0][j] = sum0; C[i+1][j] = sum1; C[i+2][j] = sum2; C[i+3][j] = sum3; C[i+4][j] = sum4; C[i+5][j] = sum5; C[i+6][j] = sum6; C[i+7][j] = sum7; }} This change requires knowledge of a typical run; i.e., that most inner products are computed. The reasons for the change, however, derive from basic optimization concepts. It is the type of change easily made at development time by a knowledgeable programmer. In code 5, we have the data version of the index optimization in code 6. Here a very expensive computation is a function of the loop indices and so cannot be hoisted out of the loop; however, the computation is invariant with respect to an outer iterative loop over time. We can compute its value for each iteration of the computation loop prior to entering the time loop and save the values in an array. The increase in memory required to store the values is small in comparison to the large savings in time. The main loop in Code 8 is doubly nested. The inner loop includes a series of guarded computations; some are a function of the inner loop index but not the outer loop index while others are a function of the outer loop index but not the inner loop index for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; R = A[j]; temp = (PRM[3] == 0.0) ? 1.0 : pow(r, PRM[3]); high = temp * kcoeff * B[j] * PRM[2] * PRM[4]; low = high * PRM[6] * PRM[6] / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4] * PRM[6], 2.0)); kap = (R > PRM[6]) ? high * R * R / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4]*r, 2.0) : low * pow(R/PRM[6], PRM[5]); < rest of loop omitted > }} Note that the value of temp is invariant to j. Thus, we can hoist the computation for temp out of the loop and save its values in an array. for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; TEMP[i] = pow(r, PRM[3]); } [N.B. – the case for PRM[3] = 0 is omitted and will be reintroduced later.] We now hoist out of the inner loop the computations invariant to i. Since the conditional guarding the value of kap is invariant to i, it behooves us to hoist the computation out of the inner loop, thereby executing the guard once rather than M times. The final version of the code is for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { R = rig[j] / 1000.; tmp1 = kcoeff * par[2] * beta[j] * par[4]; tmp2 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * par[6] * par[6]); tmp3 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * R * R); tmp4 = par[6] * par[6] / tmp2; tmp5 = R * R / tmp3; tmp6 = pow(R / par[6], par[5]); if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp4 * tmp6; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp4 * tmp6; } for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { kap = KAP[i]; r = i * hrmax; < rest of loop omitted > } } Maybe not the prettiest piece of code, but certainly much more efficient than the original loop, Copy operations Several programs unnecessarily copy data from one data structure to another. This problem occurs in both Fortran and C programs, although it manifests itself differently in the two languages. Code 1 declares two arrays—one for old values and one for new values. At the end of each iteration, the array of new values is copied to the array of old values to reset the data structures for the next iteration. This problem occurs in Fortran programs not included in this study and in both Fortran 77 and Fortran 90 code. Introducing pointers to the arrays and swapping pointer values is an obvious way to eliminate the copying; but pointers is not a feature that many Fortran programmers know well or are comfortable using. An easy solution not involving pointers is to extend the dimension of the value array by 1 and use the last dimension to differentiate between arrays at different times. For example, if the data space is N x N, declare the array (N, N, 2). Then store the problem’s initial values in (_, _, 2) and define the scalar names new = 2 and old = 1. At the start of each iteration, swap old and new to reset the arrays. The old–new copy problem did not appear in any C program. In programs that had new and old values, the code swapped pointers to reset data structures. Where unnecessary coping did occur is in structure assignment and parameter passing. Structures in C are handled much like scalars. Assignment causes the data space of the right-hand name to be copied to the data space of the left-hand name. Similarly, when a structure is passed to a function, the data space of the actual parameter is copied to the data space of the formal parameter. If the structure is large and the assignment or function call is in an inner loop, then copying costs can grow quite large. While none of the ten programs considered here manifested this problem, it did occur in programs not included in the study. A simple fix is always to refer to structures via pointers. Optimizing loop structures Since scientific programs spend almost all their time in loops, efficient loops are the key to good performance. Conditionals, function calls, little instruction level parallelism, and large numbers of temporary values make it difficult for the compiler to generate tightly packed, highly efficient code. Conditionals and function calls introduce jumps that disrupt code flow. Users should eliminate or isolate conditionls to their own loops as much as possible. Often logical expressions can be substituted for if-then-else statements. For example, code 2 includes the following snippet MaxDelta = 0.0 do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) if (Delta > MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta enddo enddo if (MaxDelta .gt. 0.001) goto 200 Since the only use of MaxDelta is to control the jump to 200 and all that matters is whether or not it is greater than 0.001, I made MaxDelta a boolean and rewrote the snippet as MaxDelta = .false. do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) MaxDelta = MaxDelta .or. (Delta .gt. 0.001) enddo enddo if (MaxDelta) goto 200 thereby, eliminating the conditional expression from the inner loop. A microprocessor can execute many instructions per instruction cycle. Typically, it can execute one or more memory, floating point, integer, and jump operations. To be executed simultaneously, the operations must be independent. Thick loops tend to have more instruction level parallelism than thin loops. Moreover, they reduce memory traffice by maximizing data reuse. Loop unrolling and loop fusion are two techniques to increase the size of loop bodies. Several of the codes studied benefitted from loop unrolling, but none benefitted from loop fusion. This observation is not too surpising since it is the general tendency of programmers to write thick loops. As loops become thicker, the number of temporary values grows, increasing register pressure. If registers spill, then memory traffic increases and code flow is disrupted. A thick loop with many temporary values may execute slower than an equivalent series of thin loops. The biggest gain will be achieved if the thick loop can be split into a series of independent loops eliminating the need to write and read temporary arrays. I found such an occasion in code 10 where I split the loop do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do into two disjoint loops do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) end do end do do i = 1, n do j = 1, m C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do Conclusions Over the course of the last year, I have had the opportunity to work with over two dozen academic scientific programmers at leading research universities. Their research interests span a broad range of scientific fields. Except for two programs that relied almost exclusively on library routines (matrix multiply and fast Fourier transform), I was able to improve significantly the single processor performance of all codes. Improvements range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. Changes to the source code were at a very high level. I did not use sophisticated techniques or programming tools to discover inefficiencies or effect the changes. Only one code was parallel despite the availability of parallel systems to all developers. Clearly, we have a problem—personal scientific research codes are highly inefficient and not running parallel. The developers are unaware of simple optimization techniques to make programs run faster. They lack education in the art of code optimization and parallel programming. I do not believe we can fix the problem by publishing additional books or training manuals. To date, the developers in questions have not studied the books or manual available, and are unlikely to do so in the future. Short courses are a possible solution, but I believe they are too concentrated to be much use. The general concepts can be taught in a three or four day course, but that is not enough time for students to practice what they learn and acquire the experience to apply and extend the concepts to their codes. Practice is the key to becoming proficient at optimization. I recommend that graduate students be required to take a semester length course in optimization and parallel programming. We would never give someone access to state-of-the-art scientific equipment costing hundreds of thousands of dollars without first requiring them to demonstrate that they know how to use the equipment. Yet the criterion for time on state-of-the-art supercomputers is at most an interesting project. Requestors are never asked to demonstrate that they know how to use the system, or can use the system effectively. A semester course would teach them the required skills. Government agencies that fund academic scientific research pay for most of the computer systems supporting scientific research as well as the development of most personal scientific codes. These agencies should require graduate schools to offer a course in optimization and parallel programming as a requirement for funding. About the Author John Feo received his Ph.D. in Computer Science from The University of Texas at Austin in 1986. After graduate school, Dr. Feo worked at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory where he was the Group Leader of the Computer Research Group and principal investigator of the Sisal Language Project. In 1997, Dr. Feo joined Tera Computer Company where he was project manager for the MTA, and oversaw the programming and evaluation of the MTA at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. In 2000, Dr. Feo joined Sun Microsystems as an HPC application specialist. He works with university research groups to optimize and parallelize scientific codes. Dr. Feo has published over two dozen research articles in the areas of parallel parallel programming, parallel programming languages, and application performance.

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK vs Windows Phone 7 Series SDK Challenge, Part 1: Hello World!

    In this series, I will be taking sample applications from the iPhone SDK and implementing them on Windows Phone 7 Series.  My goal is to do as much of an apples-to-apples comparison as I can.  This series will be written to not only compare and contrast how easy or difficult it is to complete tasks on either platform, how many lines of code, etc., but Id also like it to be a way for iPhone developers to either get started on Windows Phone 7 Series development, or for developers in general to learn the platform. Heres my methodology: Run the iPhone SDK app in the iPhone Simulator to get a feel for what it does and how it works, without looking at the implementation Implement the equivalent functionality on Windows Phone 7 Series using Silverlight. Compare the two implementations based on complexity, functionality, lines of code, number of files, etc. Add some functionality to the Windows Phone 7 Series app that shows off a way to make the scenario more interesting or leverages an aspect of the platform, or uses a better design pattern to implement the functionality. You can download Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone CTP here, and the Expression Blend 4 Beta here. Hello World! Of course no first post would be allowed if it didnt focus on the hello world scenario.  The iPhone SDK follows that tradition with the Your First iPhone Application walkthrough.  I will say that the developer documentation for iPhone is pretty good.  There are plenty of walkthoughs and they break things down into nicely sized steps and do a good job of bringing the user along.  As expected, this application is quite simple.  It comprises of a text box, a label, and a button.  When you push the button, the label changes to Hello plus the  word you typed into the text box.  Makes perfect sense for a starter application.  Theres not much to this but it covers a few basic elements: Laying out basic UI Handling user input Hooking up events Formatting text     So, lets get started building a similar app for Windows Phone 7 Series! Implementing the UI: UI in Silverlight (and therefore Windows Phone 7) is defined in XAML, which is a declarative XML language also used by WPF on the desktop.  For anyone thats familiar with similar types of markup, its relatively straightforward to learn, but has a lot of power in it once you get it figured out.  Well talk more about that. This UI is very simple.  When I look at this, I note a couple of things: Elements are arranged vertically They are all centered So, lets create our Application and then start with the UI.  Once you have the the VS 2010 Express for Windows Phone tool running, create a new Windows Phone Project, and call it Hello World: Once created, youll see the designer on one side and your XAML on the other: Now, we can create our UI in one of three ways: Use the designer in Visual Studio to drag and drop the components Use the designer in Expression Blend 4 to drag and drop the components Enter the XAML by hand in either of the above Well start with (1), then kind of move to (3) just for instructional value. To develop this UI in the designer: First, delete all of the markup between inside of the Grid element (LayoutRoot).  You should be left with just this XAML for your MainPage.xaml (i shortened all the xmlns declarations below for brevity): 1: <phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage 2: x:Class="HelloWorld.MainPage" 3: xmlns="...[snip]" 4: FontFamily="{StaticResource PhoneFontFamilyNormal}" 5: FontSize="{StaticResource PhoneFontSizeNormal}" 6: Foreground="{StaticResource PhoneForegroundBrush}"> 7:   8: <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="{StaticResource PhoneBackgroundBrush}"> 9:   10: </Grid> 11:   12: </phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; }   Well be adding XAML at line 9, so thats the important part. Now, Click on the center area of the phone surface Open the Toolbox and double click StackPanel Double click TextBox Double click TextBlock Double click Button That will create the necessary UI elements but they wont be arranged quite right.  Well fix it in a second.    Heres the XAML that we end up with: 1: <StackPanel Height="100" HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="10,10,0,0" Name="stackPanel1" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="200"> 2: <TextBox Height="32" Name="textBox1" Text="TextBox" Width="100" /> 3: <TextBlock Height="23" Name="textBlock1" Text="TextBlock" /> 4: <Button Content="Button" Height="70" Name="button1" Width="160" /> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The designer does its best at guessing what we want, but in this case we want things to be a bit simpler. So well just clean it up a bit.  We want the items to be centered and we want them to have a little bit of a margin on either side, so heres what we end up with.  Ive also made it match the values and style from the iPhone app: 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" Text="Hello You!" /> 4: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello"/> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now lets take a look at what weve done there. Line 1: We removed all of the formatting from the StackPanel, except for Margin, as thats all we need.  Since our parent element is a Grid, by default the StackPanel will be sized to fit in that space.  The Margin says that we want to reserve 10 pixels on each side of the StackPanel. Line 2: Weve set the HorizontalAlignment of the TextBox to Stretch, which says that it should fill its parents size horizontally.  We want to do this so the TextBox is always full-width.  We also set TextAlignment to Center, to center the text. Line 3: In contrast to the TextBox above, we dont care how wide the TextBlock is, just so long as it is big enough for its text.  Thatll happen automatically, so we just set its Horizontal alignment to Center.  We also set a Margin above the TextBlock of 100 pixels to bump it down a bit, per the iPhone UI. Line 4: We do the same things here as in Line 3. Heres how the UI looks in the designer: Believe it or not, were almost done! Implementing the App Logic Now, we want the TextBlock to change its text when the Button is clicked.  In the designer, double click the Button to be taken to the Event Handler for the Buttons Click event.  In that event handler, we take the Text property from the TextBox, and format it into a string, then set it into the TextBlock.  Thats it! 1: private void button1_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: string name = textBox1.Text; 4:   5: // if there isn't a name set, just use "World" 6: if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(name)) 7: { 8: name = "World"; 9: } 10:   11: // set the value into the TextBlock 12: textBlock1.Text = String.Format("Hello {0}!", name); 13:   14: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } We use the String.Format() method to handle the formatting for us.    Now all thats left is to test the app in the Windows Phone Emulator and verify it does what we think it does! And it does! Comparing against the iPhone Looking at the iPhone example, there are basically three things that you have to touch as the developer: 1) The UI in the Nib file 2) The app delegate 3) The view controller Counting lines is a bit tricky here, but to try to keep this even, Im going to only count lines of code that I could not have (or would not have) generated with the tooling.  Meaning, Im not counting XAML and Im not counting operations that happen in the Nib file with the XCode designer tool.  So in the case of the above, even though I modified the XAML, I could have done all of those operations using the visual designer tool.  And normally I would have, but the XAML is more instructive (and less steps!).  Im interested in things that I, as the developer have to figure out in code.  Im also not counting lines that just have a curly brace on them, or lines that are generated for me (e.g. method names that are generated for me when I make a connection, etc.) So, by that count, heres what I get from the code listing for the iPhone app found here: HelloWorldAppDelegate.h: 6 HelloWorldAppDelegate.m: 12 MyViewController.h: 8 MyViewController.m: 18 Which gives me a grand total of about 44 lines of code on iPhone.  I really do recommend looking at the iPhone code for a comparison to the above. Now, for the Windows Phone 7 Series application, the only code I typed was in the event handler above Main.Xaml.cs: 4 So a total of 4 lines of code on Windows Phone 7.  And more importantly, the process is just A LOT simpler.  For example, I was surprised that the User Interface Designer in XCode doesnt automatically create instance variables for me and wire them up to the corresponding elements.  I assumed I wouldnt have to write this code myself (and risk getting it wrong!).  I dont need to worry about view controllers or anything.  I just write my code.  This blog post up to this point has covered almost every aspect of this apps development in a few pages.  The iPhone tutorial has 5 top level steps with 2-3 sub sections of each. Now, its worth pointing out that the iPhone development model uses the Model View Controller (MVC) pattern, which is a very flexible and powerful pattern that enforces proper separation of concerns.  But its fairly complex and difficult to understand when you first walk up to it.  Here at Microsoft weve dabbled in MVC a bit, with frameworks like MFC on Visual C++ and with the ASP.NET MVC framework now.  Both are very powerful frameworks.  But one of the reasons weve stayed away from MVC with client UI frameworks is that its difficult to tool.  We havent seen the type of value that beats double click, write code! for the broad set of scenarios. Another thing to think about is how many of those lines of code were focused on my apps functionality?.  Or, the converse of How many lines of code were boilerplate plumbing?  In both examples, the actual number of functional code lines is similar.  I count most of them in MyViewController.m, in the changeGreeting method.  Its about 7 lines of code that do the work of taking the value from the TextBox and putting it into the label.  Versus 4 on the Windows Phone 7 side.  But, unfortunately, on iPhone I still have to write that other 37 lines of code, just to get there. 10% of the code, 1 file instead of 4, its just much simpler. Making Some Tweaks It turns out, I can actually do this application with ZERO  lines of code, if Im willing to change the spec a bit. The data binding functionality in Silverlight is incredibly powerful.  And what I can do is databind the TextBoxs value directly to the TextBlock.  Take some time looking at this XAML below.  Youll see that I have added another nested StackPanel and two more TextBlocks.  Why?  Because thats how I build that string, and the nested StackPanel will lay things out Horizontally for me, as specified by the Orientation property. 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" > 4: <TextBlock Text="Hello " /> 5: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" /> 6: <TextBlock Text="!" /> 7: </StackPanel> 8: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello" Click="button1_Click" /> 9: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now, the real action is there in the bolded TextBlock.Text property: Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } That does all the heavy lifting.  It sets up a databinding between the TextBox.Text property on textBox1 and the TextBlock.Text property on textBlock1. As I change the text of the TextBox, the label updates automatically. In fact, I dont even need the button any more, so I could get rid of that altogether.  And no button means no event handler.  No event handler means no C# code at all.  Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Extending Oracle CEP with Predictive Analytics

    - by vikram.shukla(at)oracle.com
    Introduction: OCEP is often used as a business rules engine to execute a set of business logic rules via CQL statements, and take decisions based on the outcome of those rules. There are times where configuring rules manually is sufficient because an application needs to deal with only a small and well-defined set of static rules. However, in many situations customers don't want to pre-define such rules for two reasons. First, they are dealing with events with lots of columns and manually crafting such rules for each column or a set of columns and combinations thereof is almost impossible. Second, they are content with probabilistic outcomes and do not care about 100% precision. The former is the case when a user is dealing with data with high dimensionality, the latter when an application can live with "false" positives as they can be discarded after further inspection, say by a Human Task component in a Business Process Management software. The primary goal of this blog post is to show how this can be achieved by combining OCEP with Oracle Data Mining® and leveraging the latter's rich set of algorithms and functionality to do predictive analytics in real time on streaming events. The secondary goal of this post is also to show how OCEP can be extended to invoke any arbitrary external computation in an RDBMS from within CEP. The extensible facility is known as the JDBC cartridge. The rest of the post describes the steps required to achieve this: We use the dataset available at http://blogs.oracle.com/datamining/2010/01/fraud_and_anomaly_detection_made_simple.html to showcase the capabilities. We use it to show how transaction anomalies or fraud can be detected. Building the model: Follow the self-explanatory steps described at the above URL to build the model.  It is very simple - it uses built-in Oracle Data Mining PL/SQL packages to cleanse, normalize and build the model out of the dataset.  You can also use graphical Oracle Data Miner®  to build the models. To summarize, it involves: Specifying which algorithms to use. In this case we use Support Vector Machines as we're trying to find anomalies in highly dimensional dataset.Build model on the data in the table for the algorithms specified. For this example, the table was populated in the scott/tiger schema with appropriate privileges. Configuring the Data Source: This is the first step in building CEP application using such an integration.  Our datasource looks as follows in the server config file.  It is advisable that you use the Visualizer to add it to the running server dynamically, rather than manually edit the file.    <data-source>         <name>DataMining</name>         <data-source-params>             <jndi-names>                 <element>DataMining</element>             </jndi-names>             <global-transactions-protocol>OnePhaseCommit</global-transactions-protocol>         </data-source-params>         <connection-pool-params>             <credential-mapping-enabled></credential-mapping-enabled>             <test-table-name>SQL SELECT 1 from DUAL</test-table-name>             <initial-capacity>1</initial-capacity>             <max-capacity>15</max-capacity>             <capacity-increment>1</capacity-increment>         </connection-pool-params>         <driver-params>             <use-xa-data-source-interface>true</use-xa-data-source-interface>             <driver-name>oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver</driver-name>             <url>jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1522:orcl</url>             <properties>                 <element>                     <value>scott</value>                     <name>user</name>                 </element>                 <element>                     <value>{Salted-3DES}AzFE5dDbO2g=</value>                     <name>password</name>                 </element>                                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceName</name>                     <value>oracle11.2g</value>                 </element>                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceVersion</name>                     <value>11.2.0</value>                 </element>                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceObjectClass</name>                     <value>java.sql.Driver</value>                 </element>             </properties>         </driver-params>     </data-source>   Designing the EPN: The EPN is very simple in this example. We briefly describe each of the components. The adapter ("DataMiningAdapter") reads data from a .csv file and sends it to the CQL processor downstream. The event payload here is same as that of the table in the database (refer to the attached project or do a "desc table-name" from a SQL*PLUS prompt). While this is for convenience in this example, it need not be the case. One can still omit fields in the streaming events, and need not match all columns in the table on which the model was built. Better yet, it does not even need to have the same name as columns in the table, as long as you alias them in the USING clause of the mining function. (Caveat: they still need to draw values from a similar universe or domain, otherwise it constitutes incorrect usage of the model). There are two things in the CQL processor ("DataMiningProc") that make scoring possible on streaming events. 1.      User defined cartridge function Please refer to the OCEP CQL reference manual to find more details about how to define such functions. We include the function below in its entirety for illustration. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jdbcctxconfig:config     xmlns:jdbcctxconfig="http://www.bea.com/ns/wlevs/config/application"     xmlns:jc="http://www.oracle.com/ns/ocep/config/jdbc">        <jc:jdbc-ctx>         <name>Oracle11gR2</name>         <data-source>DataMining</data-source>               <function name="prediction2">                                 <param name="CQLMONTH" type="char"/>                      <param name="WEEKOFMONTH" type="int"/>                      <param name="DAYOFWEEK" type="char" />                      <param name="MAKE" type="char" />                      <param name="ACCIDENTAREA"   type="char" />                      <param name="DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED"  type="char" />                      <param name="MONTHCLAIMED" type="char" />                      <param name="WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED" type="int" />                      <param name="SEX" type="char" />                      <param name="MARITALSTATUS"   type="char" />                      <param name="AGE" type="int" />                      <param name="FAULT" type="char" />                      <param name="POLICYTYPE"   type="char" />                      <param name="VEHICLECATEGORY"  type="char" />                      <param name="VEHICLEPRICE" type="char" />                      <param name="FRAUDFOUND" type="int" />                      <param name="POLICYNUMBER" type="int" />                      <param name="REPNUMBER" type="int" />                      <param name="DEDUCTIBLE"   type="int" />                      <param name="DRIVERRATING"  type="int" />                      <param name="DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT"   type="char" />                      <param name="DAYSPOLICYCLAIM" type="char" />                      <param name="PASTNUMOFCLAIMS" type="char" />                      <param name="AGEOFVEHICLES" type="char" />                      <param name="AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER" type="char" />                      <param name="POLICEREPORTFILED" type="char" />                      <param name="WITNESSPRESNT" type="char" />                      <param name="AGENTTYPE" type="char" />                      <param name="NUMOFSUPP" type="char" />                      <param name="ADDRCHGCLAIM"   type="char" />                      <param name="NUMOFCARS" type="char" />                      <param name="CQLYEAR" type="int" />                      <param name="BASEPOLICY" type="char" />                                     <return-component-type>char</return-component-type>                                                      <sql><![CDATA[             SELECT to_char(PREDICTION_PROBABILITY(CLAIMSMODEL, '0' USING *))               AS probability             FROM (SELECT  :CQLMONTH AS MONTH,                                            :WEEKOFMONTH AS WEEKOFMONTH,                          :DAYOFWEEK AS DAYOFWEEK,                           :MAKE AS MAKE,                           :ACCIDENTAREA AS ACCIDENTAREA,                           :DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED AS DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED,                           :MONTHCLAIMED AS MONTHCLAIMED,                           :WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED,                             :SEX AS SEX,                           :MARITALSTATUS AS MARITALSTATUS,                            :AGE AS AGE,                           :FAULT AS FAULT,                           :POLICYTYPE AS POLICYTYPE,                            :VEHICLECATEGORY AS VEHICLECATEGORY,                           :VEHICLEPRICE AS VEHICLEPRICE,                           :FRAUDFOUND AS FRAUDFOUND,                           :POLICYNUMBER AS POLICYNUMBER,                           :REPNUMBER AS REPNUMBER,                           :DEDUCTIBLE AS DEDUCTIBLE,                            :DRIVERRATING AS DRIVERRATING,                           :DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT AS DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT,                            :DAYSPOLICYCLAIM AS DAYSPOLICYCLAIM,                           :PASTNUMOFCLAIMS AS PASTNUMOFCLAIMS,                           :AGEOFVEHICLES AS AGEOFVEHICLES,                           :AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER AS AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER,                           :POLICEREPORTFILED AS POLICEREPORTFILED,                           :WITNESSPRESNT AS WITNESSPRESENT,                           :AGENTTYPE AS AGENTTYPE,                           :NUMOFSUPP AS NUMOFSUPP,                           :ADDRCHGCLAIM AS ADDRCHGCLAIM,                            :NUMOFCARS AS NUMOFCARS,                           :CQLYEAR AS YEAR,                           :BASEPOLICY AS BASEPOLICY                 FROM dual)                 ]]>         </sql>        </function>     </jc:jdbc-ctx> </jdbcctxconfig:config> 2.      Invoking the function for each event. Once this function is defined, you can invoke it from CQL as follows: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <wlevs:config xmlns:wlevs="http://www.bea.com/ns/wlevs/config/application">   <processor>     <name>DataMiningProc</name>     <rules>        <query id="q1"><![CDATA[                     ISTREAM(SELECT S.CQLMONTH,                                   S.WEEKOFMONTH,                                   S.DAYOFWEEK, S.MAKE,                                   :                                         S.BASEPOLICY,                                    C.F AS probability                                                 FROM                                 StreamDataChannel [NOW] AS S,                                 TABLE(prediction2@Oracle11gR2(S.CQLMONTH,                                      S.WEEKOFMONTH,                                      S.DAYOFWEEK,                                       S.MAKE, ...,                                      S.BASEPOLICY) AS F of char) AS C)                       ]]></query>                 </rules>               </processor>           </wlevs:config>   Finally, the last stage in the EPN prints out the probability of the event being an anomaly. One can also define a threshold in CQL to filter out events that are normal, i.e., below a certain mark as defined by the analyst or designer. Sample Runs: Now let's see how this behaves when events are streamed through CEP. We use only two events for brevity, one normal and other one not. This is one of the "normal" looking events and the probability of it being anomalous is less than 60%. Event is: eventType=DataMiningOutEvent object=q1  time=2904821976256 S.CQLMONTH=Dec, S.WEEKOFMONTH=5, S.DAYOFWEEK=Wednesday, S.MAKE=Honda, S.ACCIDENTAREA=Urban, S.DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED=Tuesday, S.MONTHCLAIMED=Jan, S.WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED=1, S.SEX=Female, S.MARITALSTATUS=Single, S.AGE=21, S.FAULT=Policy Holder, S.POLICYTYPE=Sport - Liability, S.VEHICLECATEGORY=Sport, S.VEHICLEPRICE=more than 69000, S.FRAUDFOUND=0, S.POLICYNUMBER=1, S.REPNUMBER=12, S.DEDUCTIBLE=300, S.DRIVERRATING=1, S.DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT=more than 30, S.DAYSPOLICYCLAIM=more than 30, S.PASTNUMOFCLAIMS=none, S.AGEOFVEHICLES=3 years, S.AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER=26 to 30, S.POLICEREPORTFILED=No, S.WITNESSPRESENT=No, S.AGENTTYPE=External, S.NUMOFSUPP=none, S.ADDRCHGCLAIM=1 year, S.NUMOFCARS=3 to 4, S.CQLYEAR=1994, S.BASEPOLICY=Liability, probability=.58931702982118561 isTotalOrderGuarantee=true\nAnamoly probability: .58931702982118561 However, the following event is scored as an anomaly with a very high probability of  89%. So there is likely to be something wrong with it. A close look reveals that the value of "deductible" field (10000) is not "normal". What exactly constitutes normal here?. If you run the query on the database to find ALL distinct values for the "deductible" field, it returns the following set: {300, 400, 500, 700} Event is: eventType=DataMiningOutEvent object=q1  time=2598483773496 S.CQLMONTH=Dec, S.WEEKOFMONTH=5, S.DAYOFWEEK=Wednesday, S.MAKE=Honda, S.ACCIDENTAREA=Urban, S.DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED=Tuesday, S.MONTHCLAIMED=Jan, S.WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED=1, S.SEX=Female, S.MARITALSTATUS=Single, S.AGE=21, S.FAULT=Policy Holder, S.POLICYTYPE=Sport - Liability, S.VEHICLECATEGORY=Sport, S.VEHICLEPRICE=more than 69000, S.FRAUDFOUND=0, S.POLICYNUMBER=1, S.REPNUMBER=12, S.DEDUCTIBLE=10000, S.DRIVERRATING=1, S.DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT=more than 30, S.DAYSPOLICYCLAIM=more than 30, S.PASTNUMOFCLAIMS=none, S.AGEOFVEHICLES=3 years, S.AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER=26 to 30, S.POLICEREPORTFILED=No, S.WITNESSPRESENT=No, S.AGENTTYPE=External, S.NUMOFSUPP=none, S.ADDRCHGCLAIM=1 year, S.NUMOFCARS=3 to 4, S.CQLYEAR=1994, S.BASEPOLICY=Liability, probability=.89171554529576691 isTotalOrderGuarantee=true\nAnamoly probability: .89171554529576691 Conclusion: By way of this example, we show: real-time scoring of events as they flow through CEP leveraging Oracle Data Mining.how CEP applications can invoke complex arbitrary external computations (function shipping) in an RDBMS.

    Read the article

  • Node.js Adventure - Storage Services and Service Runtime

    - by Shaun
    When I described on how to host a Node.js application on Windows Azure, one of questions might be raised about how to consume the vary Windows Azure services, such as the storage, service bus, access control, etc.. Interact with windows azure services is available in Node.js through the Windows Azure Node.js SDK, which is a module available in NPM. In this post I would like to describe on how to use Windows Azure Storage (a.k.a. WAS) as well as the service runtime.   Consume Windows Azure Storage Let’s firstly have a look on how to consume WAS through Node.js. As we know in the previous post we can host Node.js application on Windows Azure Web Site (a.k.a. WAWS) as well as Windows Azure Cloud Service (a.k.a. WACS). In theory, WAWS is also built on top of WACS worker roles with some more features. Hence in this post I will only demonstrate for hosting in WACS worker role. The Node.js code can be used when consuming WAS when hosted on WAWS. But since there’s no roles in WAWS, the code for consuming service runtime mentioned in the next section cannot be used for WAWS node application. We can use the solution that I created in my last post. Alternatively we can create a new windows azure project in Visual Studio with a worker role, add the “node.exe” and “index.js” and install “express” and “node-sqlserver” modules, make all files as “Copy always”. In order to use windows azure services we need to have Windows Azure Node.js SDK, as knows as a module named “azure” which can be installed through NPM. Once we downloaded and installed, we need to include them in our worker role project and make them as “Copy always”. You can use my “Copy all always” tool mentioned in my last post to update the currently worker role project file. You can also find the source code of this tool here. The source code of Windows Azure SDK for Node.js can be found in its GitHub page. It contains two parts. One is a CLI tool which provides a cross platform command line package for Mac and Linux to manage WAWS and Windows Azure Virtual Machines (a.k.a. WAVM). The other is a library for managing and consuming vary windows azure services includes tables, blobs, queues, service bus and the service runtime. I will not cover all of them but will only demonstrate on how to use tables and service runtime information in this post. You can find the full document of this SDK here. Back to Visual Studio and open the “index.js”, let’s continue our application from the last post, which was working against Windows Azure SQL Database (a.k.a. WASD). The code should looks like this. 1: var express = require("express"); 2: var sql = require("node-sqlserver"); 3:  4: var connectionString = "Driver={SQL Server Native Client 10.0};Server=tcp:ac6271ya9e.database.windows.net,1433;Database=synctile;Uid=shaunxu@ac6271ya9e;Pwd={PASSWORD};Encrypt=yes;Connection Timeout=30;"; 5: var port = 80; 6:  7: var app = express(); 8:  9: app.configure(function () { 10: app.use(express.bodyParser()); 11: }); 12:  13: app.get("/", function (req, res) { 14: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 15: if (err) { 16: console.log(err); 17: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 18: } 19: else { 20: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 21: if (err) { 22: console.log(err); 23: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 24: } 25: else { 26: res.json(results); 27: } 28: }); 29: } 30: }); 31: }); 32:  33: app.get("/text/:key/:culture", function (req, res) { 34: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 35: if (err) { 36: console.log(err); 37: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 38: } 39: else { 40: var key = req.params.key; 41: var culture = req.params.culture; 42: var command = "SELECT * FROM [Resource] WHERE [Key] = '" + key + "' AND [Culture] = '" + culture + "'"; 43: conn.queryRaw(command, function (err, results) { 44: if (err) { 45: console.log(err); 46: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 47: } 48: else { 49: res.json(results); 50: } 51: }); 52: } 53: }); 54: }); 55:  56: app.get("/sproc/:key/:culture", function (req, res) { 57: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 58: if (err) { 59: console.log(err); 60: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 61: } 62: else { 63: var key = req.params.key; 64: var culture = req.params.culture; 65: var command = "EXEC GetItem '" + key + "', '" + culture + "'"; 66: conn.queryRaw(command, function (err, results) { 67: if (err) { 68: console.log(err); 69: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 70: } 71: else { 72: res.json(results); 73: } 74: }); 75: } 76: }); 77: }); 78:  79: app.post("/new", function (req, res) { 80: var key = req.body.key; 81: var culture = req.body.culture; 82: var val = req.body.val; 83:  84: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 85: if (err) { 86: console.log(err); 87: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 88: } 89: else { 90: var command = "INSERT INTO [Resource] VALUES ('" + key + "', '" + culture + "', N'" + val + "')"; 91: conn.queryRaw(command, function (err, results) { 92: if (err) { 93: console.log(err); 94: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 95: } 96: else { 97: res.send(200, "Inserted Successful"); 98: } 99: }); 100: } 101: }); 102: }); 103:  104: app.listen(port); Now let’s create a new function, copy the records from WASD to table service. 1. Delete the table named “resource”. 2. Create a new table named “resource”. These 2 steps ensures that we have an empty table. 3. Load all records from the “resource” table in WASD. 4. For each records loaded from WASD, insert them into the table one by one. 5. Prompt to user when finished. In order to use table service we need the storage account and key, which can be found from the developer portal. Just select the storage account and click the Manage Keys button. Then create two local variants in our Node.js application for the storage account name and key. Since we need to use WAS we need to import the azure module. Also I created another variant stored the table name. In order to work with table service I need to create the storage client for table service. This is very similar as the Windows Azure SDK for .NET. As the code below I created a new variant named “client” and use “createTableService”, specified my storage account name and key. 1: var azure = require("azure"); 2: var storageAccountName = "synctile"; 3: var storageAccountKey = "/cOy9L7xysXOgPYU9FjDvjrRAhaMX/5tnOpcjqloPNDJYucbgTy7MOrAW7CbUg6PjaDdmyl+6pkwUnKETsPVNw=="; 4: var tableName = "resource"; 5: var client = azure.createTableService(storageAccountName, storageAccountKey); Now create a new function for URL “/was/init” so that we can trigger it through browser. Then in this function we will firstly load all records from WASD. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: } 18: } 19: }); 20: } 21: }); 22: }); When we succeed loaded all records we can start to transform them into table service. First I need to recreate the table in table service. This can be done by deleting and creating the table through table client I had just created previously. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: // recreate the table named 'resource' 18: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error) { 19: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error) { 20: if (error) { 21: error["target"] = "createTableIfNotExists"; 22: res.send(500, error); 23: } 24: else { 25: // transform the records 26: } 27: }); 28: }); 29: } 30: } 31: }); 32: } 33: }); 34: }); As you can see, the azure SDK provide its methods in callback pattern. In fact, almost all modules in Node.js use the callback pattern. For example, when I deleted a table I invoked “deleteTable” method, provided the name of the table and a callback function which will be performed when the table had been deleted or failed. Underlying, the azure module will perform the table deletion operation in POSIX async threads pool asynchronously. And once it’s done the callback function will be performed. This is the reason we need to nest the table creation code inside the deletion function. If we perform the table creation code after the deletion code then they will be invoked in parallel. Next, for each records in WASD I created an entity and then insert into the table service. Finally I send the response to the browser. Can you find a bug in the code below? I will describe it later in this post. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: // recreate the table named 'resource' 18: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error) { 19: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error) { 20: if (error) { 21: error["target"] = "createTableIfNotExists"; 22: res.send(500, error); 23: } 24: else { 25: // transform the records 26: for (var i = 0; i < results.rows.length; i++) { 27: var entity = { 28: "PartitionKey": results.rows[i][1], 29: "RowKey": results.rows[i][0], 30: "Value": results.rows[i][2] 31: }; 32: client.insertEntity(tableName, entity, function (error) { 33: if (error) { 34: error["target"] = "insertEntity"; 35: res.send(500, error); 36: } 37: else { 38: console.log("entity inserted"); 39: } 40: }); 41: } 42: // send the 43: console.log("all done"); 44: res.send(200, "All done!"); 45: } 46: }); 47: }); 48: } 49: } 50: }); 51: } 52: }); 53: }); Now we can publish it to the cloud and have a try. But normally we’d better test it at the local emulator first. In Node.js SDK there are three build-in properties which provides the account name, key and host address for local storage emulator. We can use them to initialize our table service client. We also need to change the SQL connection string to let it use my local database. The code will be changed as below. 1: // windows azure sql database 2: //var connectionString = "Driver={SQL Server Native Client 10.0};Server=tcp:ac6271ya9e.database.windows.net,1433;Database=synctile;Uid=shaunxu@ac6271ya9e;Pwd=eszqu94XZY;Encrypt=yes;Connection Timeout=30;"; 3: // sql server 4: var connectionString = "Driver={SQL Server Native Client 11.0};Server={.};Database={Caspar};Trusted_Connection={Yes};"; 5:  6: var azure = require("azure"); 7: var storageAccountName = "synctile"; 8: var storageAccountKey = "/cOy9L7xysXOgPYU9FjDvjrRAhaMX/5tnOpcjqloPNDJYucbgTy7MOrAW7CbUg6PjaDdmyl+6pkwUnKETsPVNw=="; 9: var tableName = "resource"; 10: // windows azure storage 11: //var client = azure.createTableService(storageAccountName, storageAccountKey); 12: // local storage emulator 13: var client = azure.createTableService(azure.ServiceClient.DEVSTORE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT, azure.ServiceClient.DEVSTORE_STORAGE_ACCESS_KEY, azure.ServiceClient.DEVSTORE_TABLE_HOST); Now let’s run the application and navigate to “localhost:12345/was/init” as I hosted it on port 12345. We can find it transformed the data from my local database to local table service. Everything looks fine. But there is a bug in my code. If we have a look on the Node.js command window we will find that it sent response before all records had been inserted, which is not what I expected. The reason is that, as I mentioned before, Node.js perform all IO operations in non-blocking model. When we inserted the records we executed the table service insert method in parallel, and the operation of sending response was also executed in parallel, even though I wrote it at the end of my logic. The correct logic should be, when all entities had been copied to table service with no error, then I will send response to the browser, otherwise I should send error message to the browser. To do so I need to import another module named “async”, which helps us to coordinate our asynchronous code. Install the module and import it at the beginning of the code. Then we can use its “forEach” method for the asynchronous code of inserting table entities. The first argument of “forEach” is the array that will be performed. The second argument is the operation for each items in the array. And the third argument will be invoked then all items had been performed or any errors occurred. Here we can send our response to browser. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: // recreate the table named 'resource' 18: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error) { 19: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error) { 20: if (error) { 21: error["target"] = "createTableIfNotExists"; 22: res.send(500, error); 23: } 24: else { 25: async.forEach(results.rows, 26: // transform the records 27: function (row, callback) { 28: var entity = { 29: "PartitionKey": row[1], 30: "RowKey": row[0], 31: "Value": row[2] 32: }; 33: client.insertEntity(tableName, entity, function (error) { 34: if (error) { 35: callback(error); 36: } 37: else { 38: console.log("entity inserted."); 39: callback(null); 40: } 41: }); 42: }, 43: // send reponse 44: function (error) { 45: if (error) { 46: error["target"] = "insertEntity"; 47: res.send(500, error); 48: } 49: else { 50: console.log("all done"); 51: res.send(200, "All done!"); 52: } 53: } 54: ); 55: } 56: }); 57: }); 58: } 59: } 60: }); 61: } 62: }); 63: }); Run it locally and now we can find the response was sent after all entities had been inserted. Query entities against table service is simple as well. Just use the “queryEntity” method from the table service client and providing the partition key and row key. We can also provide a complex query criteria as well, for example the code here. In the code below I queried an entity by the partition key and row key, and return the proper localization value in response. 1: app.get("/was/:key/:culture", function (req, res) { 2: var key = req.params.key; 3: var culture = req.params.culture; 4: client.queryEntity(tableName, culture, key, function (error, entity) { 5: if (error) { 6: res.send(500, error); 7: } 8: else { 9: res.json(entity); 10: } 11: }); 12: }); And then tested it on local emulator. Finally if we want to publish this application to the cloud we should change the database connection string and storage account. For more information about how to consume blob and queue service, as well as the service bus please refer to the MSDN page.   Consume Service Runtime As I mentioned above, before we published our application to the cloud we need to change the connection string and account information in our code. But if you had played with WACS you should have known that the service runtime provides the ability to retrieve configuration settings, endpoints and local resource information at runtime. Which means we can have these values defined in CSCFG and CSDEF files and then the runtime should be able to retrieve the proper values. For example we can add some role settings though the property window of the role, specify the connection string and storage account for cloud and local. And the can also use the endpoint which defined in role environment to our Node.js application. In Node.js SDK we can get an object from “azure.RoleEnvironment”, which provides the functionalities to retrieve the configuration settings and endpoints, etc.. In the code below I defined the connection string variants and then use the SDK to retrieve and initialize the table client. 1: var connectionString = ""; 2: var storageAccountName = ""; 3: var storageAccountKey = ""; 4: var tableName = ""; 5: var client; 6:  7: azure.RoleEnvironment.getConfigurationSettings(function (error, settings) { 8: if (error) { 9: console.log("ERROR: getConfigurationSettings"); 10: console.log(JSON.stringify(error)); 11: } 12: else { 13: console.log(JSON.stringify(settings)); 14: connectionString = settings["SqlConnectionString"]; 15: storageAccountName = settings["StorageAccountName"]; 16: storageAccountKey = settings["StorageAccountKey"]; 17: tableName = settings["TableName"]; 18:  19: console.log("connectionString = %s", connectionString); 20: console.log("storageAccountName = %s", storageAccountName); 21: console.log("storageAccountKey = %s", storageAccountKey); 22: console.log("tableName = %s", tableName); 23:  24: client = azure.createTableService(storageAccountName, storageAccountKey); 25: } 26: }); In this way we don’t need to amend the code for the configurations between local and cloud environment since the service runtime will take care of it. At the end of the code we will listen the application on the port retrieved from SDK as well. 1: azure.RoleEnvironment.getCurrentRoleInstance(function (error, instance) { 2: if (error) { 3: console.log("ERROR: getCurrentRoleInstance"); 4: console.log(JSON.stringify(error)); 5: } 6: else { 7: console.log(JSON.stringify(instance)); 8: if (instance["endpoints"] && instance["endpoints"]["nodejs"]) { 9: var endpoint = instance["endpoints"]["nodejs"]; 10: app.listen(endpoint["port"]); 11: } 12: else { 13: app.listen(8080); 14: } 15: } 16: }); But if we tested the application right now we will find that it cannot retrieve any values from service runtime. This is because by default, the entry point of this role was defined to the worker role class. In windows azure environment the service runtime will open a named pipeline to the entry point instance, so that it can connect to the runtime and retrieve values. But in this case, since the entry point was worker role and the Node.js was opened inside the role, the named pipeline was established between our worker role class and service runtime, so our Node.js application cannot use it. To fix this problem we need to open the CSDEF file under the azure project, add a new element named Runtime. Then add an element named EntryPoint which specify the Node.js command line. So that the Node.js application will have the connection to service runtime, then it’s able to read the configurations. Start the Node.js at local emulator we can find it retrieved the connections, storage account for local. And if we publish our application to azure then it works with WASD and storage service through the configurations for cloud.   Summary In this post I demonstrated how to use Windows Azure SDK for Node.js to interact with storage service, especially the table service. I also demonstrated on how to use WACS service runtime, how to retrieve the configuration settings and the endpoint information. And in order to make the service runtime available to my Node.js application I need to create an entry point element in CSDEF file and set “node.exe” as the entry point. I used five posts to introduce and demonstrate on how to run a Node.js application on Windows platform, how to use Windows Azure Web Site and Windows Azure Cloud Service worker role to host our Node.js application. I also described how to work with other services provided by Windows Azure platform through Windows Azure SDK for Node.js. Node.js is a very new and young network application platform. But since it’s very simple and easy to learn and deploy, as well as, it utilizes single thread non-blocking IO model, Node.js became more and more popular on web application and web service development especially for those IO sensitive projects. And as Node.js is very good at scaling-out, it’s more useful on cloud computing platform. Use Node.js on Windows platform is new, too. The modules for SQL database and Windows Azure SDK are still under development and enhancement. It doesn’t support SQL parameter in “node-sqlserver”. It does support using storage connection string to create the storage client in “azure”. But Microsoft is working on make them easier to use, working on add more features and functionalities.   PS, you can download the source code here. You can download the source code of my “Copy all always” tool here.   Hope this helps, Shaun All documents and related graphics, codes are provided "AS IS" without warranty of any kind. Copyright © Shaun Ziyan Xu. This work is licensed under the Creative Commons License.

    Read the article

  • SPP Socket createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord will not connect

    - by philDev
    Hello, I want to use Android 2.1 to connect to an external Bluetooth device, wich is offering an SPP port to me. In this case it is an external GPS unit. When I'm trying to connect I can't connect an established socket while being in the "client" mode. Then if I try to set up a socket (being in the server role), to RECEIVE text from my PC everything works just fine. The Computer can connect as the client to the Socket on the Phone via SPP using the SSP UUID or some random UUID. So the Problem is not that I'm using the wrong UUID. But the other way around (e.g. calling connect on the established client socket) createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord(UUID uuid)) just doesn't work. Sadly I don't have the time to inspect the problem further. It would be greate If somebody could point me the right way. In the following part of the Logfile has to be the Problem. Greets PhilDev P.S. I'm going to be present during the Office hours. Here the log file: 03-21 03:10:52.020: DEBUG/BluetoothSocket.cpp(4643): initSocketFromFdNative 03-21 03:10:52.025: DEBUG/BluetoothSocket(4643): connect 03-21 03:10:52.025: DEBUG/BluetoothSocket(4643): doSdp 03-21 03:10:52.050: DEBUG/ADAPTER(2132): create_device(01:00:00:7F:B5:B3) 03-21 03:10:52.050: DEBUG/ADAPTER(2132): adapter_create_device(01:00:00:7F:B5:B3) 03-21 03:10:52.055: DEBUG/DEVICE(2132): Creating device [address = 01:00:00:7F:B5:B3] /org/bluez/2132/hci0/dev_01_00_00_7F_B5_B3 [name = ] 03-21 03:10:52.055: DEBUG/DEVICE(2132): btd_device_ref(0x10c18): ref=1 03-21 03:10:52.065: INFO/BluetoothEventLoop.cpp(1914): event_filter: Received signal org.bluez.Adapter:DeviceCreated from /org/bluez/2132/hci0 03-21 03:10:52.065: INFO/BluetoothService.cpp(1914): ... Object Path = /org/bluez/2132/hci0/dev_01_00_00_7F_B5_B3 03-21 03:10:52.065: INFO/BluetoothService.cpp(1914): ... Pattern = 00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb, strlen = 36 03-21 03:10:52.070: DEBUG/DEVICE(2132): *************DiscoverServices******** 03-21 03:10:52.070: INFO/DTUN_HCID(2132): dtun_client_get_remote_svc_channel: starting discovery on (uuid16=0x0011) 03-21 03:10:52.070: INFO/DTUN_HCID(2132): bdaddr=01:00:00:7F:B5:B3 03-21 03:10:52.070: INFO/DTUN_CLNT(2132): Client calling DTUN_METHOD_DM_GET_REMOTE_SERVICE_CHANNEL (id 4) 03-21 03:10:52.070: INFO/(2106): DTUN_ReceiveCtrlMsg: [DTUN] Received message [BTLIF_DTUN_METHOD_CALL] 4354 03-21 03:10:52.070: INFO/(2106): handle_method_call: handle_method_call :: received DTUN_METHOD_DM_GET_REMOTE_SERVICE_CHANNEL (id 4), len 134 03-21 03:10:52.075: ERROR/BTLD(2106): ****************search UUID = 1101*********** 03-21 03:10:52.075: INFO//system/bin/btld(2103): btapp_dm_GetRemoteServiceChannel() 03-21 03:10:52.120: DEBUG/BluetoothService(1914): updateDeviceServiceChannelCache(01:00:00:7F:B5:B3) 03-21 03:10:52.120: DEBUG/BluetoothEventLoop(1914): ClassValue: null for remote device: 01:00:00:7F:B5:B3 is null 03-21 03:10:52.120: INFO/BluetoothEventLoop.cpp(1914): event_filter: Received signal org.bluez.Adapter:PropertyChanged from /org/bluez/2132/hci0 03-21 03:10:52.305: WARN/BTLD(2106): bta_dm_check_av:0 03-21 03:10:56.395: DEBUG/WifiService(1914): ACTION_BATTERY_CHANGED pluggedType: 2 03-21 03:10:57.440: WARN/BTLD(2106): SDP - Rcvd conn cnf with error: 0x4 CID 0x43 03-21 03:10:57.440: INFO/BTL-IFS(2106): send_ctrl_msg: [BTL_IFS CTRL] send BTLIF_DTUN_SIGNAL_EVT (CTRL) 13 pbytes (hdl 10) 03-21 03:10:57.445: INFO/DTUN_CLNT(2132): dtun-rx signal [DTUN_SIG_DM_RMT_SERVICE_CHANNEL] (id 42) len 15 03-21 03:10:57.445: INFO/DTUN_HCID(2132): dtun_dm_sig_rmt_service_channel: success=1, service=00000000 03-21 03:10:57.445: ERROR/DTUN_HCID(2132): discovery unsuccessful! package de.phil_dev.android.BT; import java.io.BufferedInputStream; import java.io.IOException; import java.io.InputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; import java.util.UUID; import android.app.Activity; import android.bluetooth.BluetoothAdapter; import android.bluetooth.BluetoothClass; import android.bluetooth.BluetoothDevice; import android.bluetooth.BluetoothServerSocket; import android.bluetooth.BluetoothSocket; import android.content.Intent; import android.os.Bundle; import android.util.Log; import android.widget.Toast; public class ThinBTClient extends Activity { private static final String TAG = "THINBTCLIENT"; private static final boolean D = true; private BluetoothAdapter mBluetoothAdapter = null; private BluetoothSocket btSocket = null; private BufferedInputStream inStream = null; private BluetoothServerSocket myServerSocket; private ConnectThread myConnection; private ServerThread myServer; // Well known SPP UUID (will *probably* map to // RFCOMM channel 1 (default) if not in use); // see comments in onResume(). private static final UUID MY_UUID = UUID .fromString("00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB"); // .fromString("94f39d29-7d6d-437d-973b-fba39e49d4ee"); // ==> hardcode your slaves MAC address here <== // PC // private static String address = "00:09:DD:50:86:A0"; // GPS private static String address = "00:0B:0D:8E:D4:33"; /** Called when the activity is first created. */ @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); setContentView(R.layout.main); if (D) Log.e(TAG, "+++ ON CREATE +++"); mBluetoothAdapter = BluetoothAdapter.getDefaultAdapter(); if (mBluetoothAdapter == null) { Toast.makeText(this, "Bluetooth is not available.", Toast.LENGTH_LONG).show(); finish(); return; } if (!mBluetoothAdapter.isEnabled()) { Toast.makeText(this, "Please enable your BT and re-run this program.", Toast.LENGTH_LONG).show(); finish(); return; } if (D) Log.e(TAG, "+++ DONE IN ON CREATE, GOT LOCAL BT ADAPTER +++"); } @Override public void onStart() { super.onStart(); if (D) Log.e(TAG, "++ ON START ++"); } @Override public void onResume() { super.onResume(); if (D) { Log.e(TAG, "+ ON RESUME +"); Log.e(TAG, "+ ABOUT TO ATTEMPT CLIENT CONNECT +"); } // Make the phone discoverable // When this returns, it will 'know' about the server, // via it's MAC address. // mBluetoothAdapter.startDiscovery(); BluetoothDevice device = mBluetoothAdapter.getRemoteDevice(address); Log.e(TAG, device.getName() + " connected"); // myServer = new ServerThread(); // myServer.start(); myConnection = new ConnectThread(device); myConnection.start(); } @Override public void onPause() { super.onPause(); if (D) Log.e(TAG, "- ON PAUSE -"); try { btSocket.close(); } catch (IOException e2) { Log.e(TAG, "ON PAUSE: Unable to close socket.", e2); } } @Override public void onStop() { super.onStop(); if (D) Log.e(TAG, "-- ON STOP --"); } @Override public void onDestroy() { super.onDestroy(); if (D) Log.e(TAG, "--- ON DESTROY ---"); } private class ServerThread extends Thread { private final BluetoothServerSocket myServSocket; public ServerThread() { BluetoothServerSocket tmp = null; // create listening socket try { tmp = mBluetoothAdapter .listenUsingRfcommWithServiceRecord( "myServer", MY_UUID); } catch (IOException e) { Log.e(TAG, "Server establishing failed"); } myServSocket = tmp; } public void run() { Log.e(TAG, "Beginn waiting for connection"); BluetoothSocket connectSocket = null; InputStream inStream = null; byte[] buffer = new byte[1024]; int bytes; while (true) { try { connectSocket = myServSocket.accept(); } catch (IOException e) { Log.e(TAG, "Connection failed"); break; } Log.e(TAG, "ALL THE WAY AROUND"); try { connectSocket = connectSocket.getRemoteDevice() .createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord(MY_UUID); connectSocket.connect(); } catch (IOException e1) { Log.e(TAG, "DIDNT WORK"); } // handle Connection try { inStream = connectSocket.getInputStream(); while (true) { try { bytes = inStream.read(buffer); Log.e(TAG, "Received: " + buffer.toString()); } catch (IOException e3) { Log.e(TAG, "disconnected"); break; } } } catch (IOException e) { // TODO Auto-generated catch block e.printStackTrace(); break; } } } void cancel() { } } private class ConnectThread extends Thread { private final BluetoothSocket mySocket; private final BluetoothDevice myDevice; public ConnectThread(BluetoothDevice device) { myDevice = device; BluetoothSocket tmp = null; try { tmp = device.createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord(MY_UUID); } catch (IOException e) { Log.e(TAG, "CONNECTION IN THREAD DIDNT WORK"); } mySocket = tmp; } public void run() { Log.e(TAG, "STARTING TO CONNECT THE SOCKET"); setName("My Connection Thread"); InputStream inStream = null; boolean run = false; //mBluetoothAdapter.cancelDiscovery(); try { mySocket.connect(); run = true; } catch (IOException e) { run = false; Log.e(TAG, this.getName() + ": CONN DIDNT WORK, Try closing socket"); try { mySocket.close(); } catch (IOException e1) { Log.e(TAG, this.getName() + ": COULD CLOSE SOCKET", e1); this.destroy(); } } synchronized (ThinBTClient.this) { myConnection = null; } byte[] buffer = new byte[1024]; int bytes; // handle Connection try { inStream = mySocket.getInputStream(); while (run) { try { bytes = inStream.read(buffer); Log.e(TAG, "Received: " + buffer.toString()); } catch (IOException e3) { Log.e(TAG, "disconnected"); } } } catch (IOException e) { // TODO Auto-generated catch block e.printStackTrace(); } // starting connected thread (handling there in and output } public void cancel() { try { mySocket.close(); } catch (IOException e) { Log.e(TAG, this.getName() + " SOCKET NOT CLOSED"); } } } }

    Read the article

  • Web Sockets: Browser won't receive the message, complains about it not starting with 0x00 (byte)

    - by giggsey
    Here is my code: import java.net.*; import java.io.*; import java.util.*; import org.jibble.pircbot.*; public class WebSocket { public static int port = 12345; public static ArrayList<WebSocketClient> clients = new ArrayList<WebSocketClient>(); public static ArrayList<Boolean> handshakes = new ArrayList<Boolean>(); public static ArrayList<String> nicknames = new ArrayList<String>(); public static ArrayList<String> channels = new ArrayList<String>(); public static int indexNum; public static void main(String args[]) { try { ServerSocket ss = new ServerSocket(WebSocket.port); WebSocket.console("Created socket on port " + WebSocket.port); while (true) { Socket s = ss.accept(); WebSocket.console("New Client connecting..."); WebSocket.handshakes.add(WebSocket.indexNum,false); WebSocket.nicknames.add(WebSocket.indexNum,""); WebSocket.channels.add(WebSocket.indexNum,""); WebSocketClient p = new WebSocketClient(s,WebSocket.indexNum); Thread t = new Thread( p); WebSocket.clients.add(WebSocket.indexNum,p); indexNum++; t.start(); } } catch (Exception e) { WebSocket.console("ERROR - " + e.toString()); } } public static void console(String msg) { Date date = new Date(); System.out.println("[" + date.toString() + "] " + msg); } } class WebSocketClient implements Runnable { private Socket s; private int iAm; private String socket_res = ""; private String socket_host = ""; private String socket_origin = ""; protected String nick = ""; protected String ircChan = ""; WebSocketClient(Socket socket, int mynum) { s = socket; iAm = mynum; } public void run() { String client = s.getInetAddress().toString(); WebSocket.console("Connection from " + client); IRCclient irc = new IRCclient(iAm); Thread t = new Thread( irc ); try { Scanner in = new Scanner(s.getInputStream()); PrintWriter out = new PrintWriter(s.getOutputStream(),true); while (true) { if (! in.hasNextLine()) continue; String input = in.nextLine().trim(); if (input.isEmpty()) continue; // Lets work out what's wrong with our input if (input.length() > 3 && input.charAt(0) == 65533) { input = input.substring(2); } WebSocket.console("< " + input); // Lets work out if they authenticate... if (WebSocket.handshakes.get(iAm) == false) { checkForHandShake(input); continue; } // Lets check for NICK: if (input.length() > 6 && input.substring(0,6).equals("NICK: ")) { nick = input.substring(6); Random generator = new Random(); int rand = generator.nextInt(); WebSocket.console("I am known as " + nick); WebSocket.nicknames.set(iAm, "bo-" + nick + rand); } if (input.length() > 9 && input.substring(0,9).equals("CHANNEL: ")) { ircChan = "bo-" + input.substring(9); WebSocket.console("We will be joining " + ircChan); WebSocket.channels.set(iAm, ircChan); } if (! ircChan.isEmpty() && ! nick.isEmpty() && irc.started == false) { irc.chan = ircChan; irc.nick = WebSocket.nicknames.get(iAm); t.start(); continue; } else { irc.msg(input); } } } catch (Exception e) { WebSocket.console(e.toString()); e.printStackTrace(); } t.stop(); WebSocket.channels.remove(iAm); WebSocket.clients.remove(iAm); WebSocket.handshakes.remove(iAm); WebSocket.nicknames.remove(iAm); WebSocket.console("Closing connection from " + client); } private void checkForHandShake(String input) { // Check for HTML5 Socket getHeaders(input); if (! socket_res.isEmpty() && ! socket_host.isEmpty() && ! socket_origin.isEmpty()) { send("HTTP/1.1 101 Web Socket Protocol Handshake\r\n" + "Upgrade: WebSocket\r\n" + "Connection: Upgrade\r\n" + "WebSocket-Origin: " + socket_origin + "\r\n" + "WebSocket-Location: ws://" + socket_host + "/\r\n\r\n",false); WebSocket.handshakes.set(iAm,true); } return; } private void getHeaders(String input) { if (input.length() >= 8 && input.substring(0,8).equals("Origin: ")) { socket_origin = input.substring(8); return; } if (input.length() >= 6 && input.substring(0,6).equals("Host: ")) { socket_host = input.substring(6); return; } if (input.length() >= 7 && input.substring(0,7).equals("Cookie:")) { socket_res = "."; } /*input = input.substring(4); socket_res = input.substring(0,input.indexOf(" HTTP")); input = input.substring(input.indexOf("Host:") + 6); socket_host = input.substring(0,input.indexOf("\r\n")); input = input.substring(input.indexOf("Origin:") + 8); socket_origin = input.substring(0,input.indexOf("\r\n"));*/ return; } protected void send(String msg, boolean newline) { byte c0 = 0x00; byte c255 = (byte) 0xff; try { PrintWriter out = new PrintWriter(s.getOutputStream(),true); WebSocket.console("> " + msg); if (newline == true) msg = msg + "\n"; out.print(msg + c255); out.flush(); } catch (Exception e) { WebSocket.console(e.toString()); } } protected void send(String msg) { try { WebSocket.console(">> " + msg); byte[] message = msg.getBytes(); byte[] newmsg = new byte[message.length + 2]; newmsg[0] = (byte)0x00; for (int i = 1; i <= message.length; i++) { newmsg[i] = message[i - 1]; } newmsg[message.length + 1] = (byte)0xff; // This prints correctly..., apparently... System.out.println(Arrays.toString(newmsg)); OutputStream socketOutputStream = s.getOutputStream(); socketOutputStream.write(newmsg); } catch (Exception e) { WebSocket.console(e.toString()); } } protected void send(String msg, boolean one, boolean two) { try { WebSocket.console(">> " + msg); byte[] message = msg.getBytes(); byte[] newmsg = new byte[message.length+1]; for (int i = 0; i < message.length; i++) { newmsg[i] = message[i]; } newmsg[message.length] = (byte)0xff; // This prints correctly..., apparently... System.out.println(Arrays.toString(newmsg)); OutputStream socketOutputStream = s.getOutputStream(); socketOutputStream.write(newmsg); } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } } } class IRCclient implements Runnable { protected String nick; protected String chan; protected int iAm; boolean started = false; IRCUser irc; IRCclient(int me) { iAm = me; irc = new IRCUser(iAm); } public void run() { WebSocket.console("Connecting to IRC..."); started = true; irc.setNick(nick); irc.setVerbose(false); irc.connectToIRC(chan); } void msg(String input) { irc.sendMessage("#" + chan, input); } } class IRCUser extends PircBot { int iAm; IRCUser(int me) { iAm = me; } public void setNick(String nick) { this.setName(nick); } public void connectToIRC(String chan) { try { this.connect("irc.appliedirc.com"); this.joinChannel("#" + chan); } catch (Exception e) { WebSocket.console(e.toString()); } } public void onMessage(String channel, String sender,String login, String hostname, String message) { // Lets send this message to me WebSocket.clients.get(iAm).send(message); } } Whenever I try to send the message to the browser (via Web Sockets), it complains that it doesn't start with 0x00 (which is a byte). Any ideas? Edit 19/02 - Added the entire code. I know it's real messy and not neat, but I want to get it functioning first. Spend last two days trying to fix.

    Read the article

  • Clustering on WebLogic exception on Failover

    - by Markos Fragkakis
    Hi all, I deploy an application on a WebLogic 10.3.2 cluster with two nodes, and a load balancer in front of the cluster. I have set the <core:init distributable="true" debug="true" /> My Session and Conversation classes implement Serializable. I start using the application being served by the first node. The console shows that the session replication is working. <Jun 17, 2010 11:43:50 AM EEST> <Info> <Cluster> <BEA-000128> <Updating 5903057688359791237S:xxx.yyy.gr:[7002,7002,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1]:xxx.yyy.gr:7002,xxx.yyy.gr:7002:prs_domain:PRS_Server_2 in the cluster.> <Jun 17, 2010 11:43:50 AM EEST> <Info> <Cluster> <BEA-000128> <Updating 5903057688359791237S:xxx.yyy.gr:[7002,7002,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1]:xxx.yyy.gr:7002,xxx.yyy.gr:7002:prs_domain:PRS_Server_2 in the cluster.> When I shutdown the first node from the Administration console, I get this in the other node: <Jun 17, 2010 11:23:46 AM EEST> <Error> <Kernel> <BEA-000802> <ExecuteRequest failed java.lang.NullPointerException. java.lang.NullPointerException at org.jboss.seam.intercept.JavaBeanInterceptor.callPostActivate(JavaBeanInterceptor.java:165) at org.jboss.seam.intercept.JavaBeanInterceptor.invoke(JavaBeanInterceptor.java:73) at com.myproj.beans.SortingFilteringBean_$$_javassist_seam_2.sessionDidActivate(SortingFilteringBean_$$_javassist_seam_2.java) at weblogic.servlet.internal.session.SessionData.notifyActivated(SessionData.java:2258) at weblogic.servlet.internal.session.SessionData.notifyActivated(SessionData.java:2222) at weblogic.servlet.internal.session.ReplicatedSessionData.becomePrimary(ReplicatedSessionData.java:231) at weblogic.cluster.replication.WrappedRO.changeStatus(WrappedRO.java:142) at weblogic.cluster.replication.WrappedRO.ensureStatus(WrappedRO.java:129) at weblogic.cluster.replication.LocalSecondarySelector$ChangeSecondaryInfo.run(LocalSecondarySelector.java:542) at weblogic.work.SelfTuningWorkManagerImpl$WorkAdapterImpl.run(SelfTuningWorkManagerImpl.java:516) at weblogic.work.ExecuteThread.execute(ExecuteThread.java:201) at weblogic.work.ExecuteThread.run(ExecuteThread.java:173) > What am I doing wrong? This is the SortingFilteringBean: import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.LinkedHashMap; import org.jboss.seam.ScopeType; import org.jboss.seam.annotations.Name; import org.jboss.seam.annotations.Scope; import com.myproj.model.crud.Filtering; import com.myproj.model.crud.Sorting; import com.myproj.model.crud.SortingOrder; /** * Managed bean aggregating the sorting and filtering values for all the * application's lists. A light-weight bean to always keep in the session with * minimum impact. */ @Name("sortingFilteringBean") @Scope(ScopeType.SESSION) public class SortingFilteringBean extends BaseManagedBean { private static final long serialVersionUID = 1L; private Sorting applicantProductListSorting; private Filtering applicantProductListFiltering; private Sorting homePageSorting; private Filtering homePageFiltering; /** * Creates a new instance of SortingFilteringBean. */ public SortingFilteringBean() { // ********************** // Applicant Product List // ********************** // Sorting LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder> applicantProductListSortingValues = new LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder>(); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("applicantName", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("applicantEmail", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("productName", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSortingValues.put("productEmail", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); applicantProductListSorting = new Sorting( applicantProductListSortingValues); // Filtering HashMap<String, String> applicantProductListFilteringValues = new HashMap<String, String>(); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("applicantName", ""); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("applicantEmail", ""); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("productName", ""); applicantProductListFilteringValues.put("productEmail", ""); applicantProductListFiltering = new Filtering( applicantProductListFilteringValues); // ********* // Home page // ********* // Sorting LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder> homePageSortingValues = new LinkedHashMap<String, SortingOrder>(); homePageSortingValues.put("productName", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("productId", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("productAtcCode", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productEmaNumber", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productOrphan", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productRap", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("productCorap", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues.put("applicationTypeDescription", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("applicationId", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues .put("applicationEmaNumber", SortingOrder.UNSORTED); homePageSortingValues .put("piVersionImportDate", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSortingValues.put("piVersionId", SortingOrder.ASCENDING); homePageSorting = new Sorting(homePageSortingValues); // Filtering HashMap<String, String> homePageFilteringValues = new HashMap<String, String>(); homePageFilteringValues.put("productName", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("productAtcCode", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("productEmaNumber", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("applicationTypeId", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("applicationEmaNumber", ""); homePageFilteringValues.put("piVersionImportDate", ""); homePageFiltering = new Filtering(homePageFilteringValues); } /** * @return the applicantProductListFiltering */ public Filtering getApplicantProductListFiltering() { return applicantProductListFiltering; } /** * @param applicantProductListFiltering * the applicantProductListFiltering to set */ public void setApplicantProductListFiltering( Filtering applicantProductListFiltering) { this.applicantProductListFiltering = applicantProductListFiltering; } /** * @return the applicantProductListSorting */ public Sorting getApplicantProductListSorting() { return applicantProductListSorting; } /** * @param applicantProductListSorting * the applicantProductListSorting to set */ public void setApplicantProductListSorting( Sorting applicantProductListSorting) { this.applicantProductListSorting = applicantProductListSorting; } /** * @return the homePageSorting */ public Sorting getHomePageSorting() { return homePageSorting; } /** * @param homePageSorting * the homePageSorting to set */ public void setHomePageSorting(Sorting homePageSorting) { this.homePageSorting = homePageSorting; } /** * @return the homePageFiltering */ public Filtering getHomePageFiltering() { return homePageFiltering; } /** * @param homePageFiltering * the homePageFiltering to set */ public void setHomePageFiltering(Filtering homePageFiltering) { this.homePageFiltering = homePageFiltering; } /** * For convenience to view in the Seam Debug page. * * @see java.lang.Object#toString() */ @Override public String toString() { StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(""); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("applicantProductListSorting"); sb.append(applicantProductListSorting); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("applicantProductListFiltering"); sb.append(applicantProductListFiltering); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("homePageSorting"); sb.append(homePageSorting); sb.append("\n\n"); sb.append("homePageFiltering"); sb.append(homePageFiltering); return sb.toString(); } } And this is the BaseManagedBean, inheriting the AbstractMutable. import java.io.IOException; import java.io.OutputStream; import java.util.List; import javax.faces.application.FacesMessage; import javax.faces.application.FacesMessage.Severity; import javax.faces.context.FacesContext; import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletResponse; import org.apache.commons.lang.ArrayUtils; import org.jboss.seam.core.AbstractMutable; import org.slf4j.Logger; import org.slf4j.LoggerFactory; import com.myproj.common.exceptions.WebException; import com.myproj.common.util.FileUtils; import com.myproj.common.util.StringUtils; import com.myproj.web.messages.Messages; public abstract class BaseManagedBean extends AbstractMutable { private static final Logger logger = LoggerFactory .getLogger(BaseManagedBean.class); private FacesContext facesContext; /** * Set a message to be displayed for a specific component. * * @param resourceBundle * the resource bundle where the message appears. Either base or * id may be used. * @param summaryResourceId * the id of the resource to be used as summary. For the detail * of the element, the element to be used will be the same with * the suffix {@code _detail}. * @param parameters * the parameters, in case the string is parameterizable * @param severity * the severity of the message * @param componentId * the component id for which the message is destined. Note that * an appropriate JSF {@code <h:message for="myComponentId">} tag * is required for the to appear, or alternatively a {@code * <h:messages>} tag. */ protected void setMessage(String resourceBundle, String summaryResourceId, List<Object> parameters, Severity severity, String componentId, Messages messages) { FacesContext context = getFacesContext(); FacesMessage message = messages.getMessage(resourceBundle, summaryResourceId, parameters); if (severity != null) { message.setSeverity(severity); } context.addMessage(componentId, message); } /** * Copies a byte array to the response output stream with the appropriate * MIME type and content disposition. The response output stream is closed * after this method. * * @param response * the HTTP response * @param bytes * the data * @param filename * the suggested file name for the client * @param mimeType * the MIME type; will be overridden if the filename suggests a * different MIME type * @throws IllegalArgumentException * if the data array is <code>null</code>/empty or both filename * and mimeType are <code>null</code>/empty */ protected void printBytesToResponse(HttpServletResponse response, byte[] bytes, String filename, String mimeType) throws WebException, IllegalArgumentException { if (response.isCommitted()) { throw new WebException("HTTP response is already committed"); } if (ArrayUtils.isEmpty(bytes)) { throw new IllegalArgumentException("Data buffer is empty"); } if (StringUtils.isEmpty(filename) && StringUtils.isEmpty(mimeType)) { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "Filename and MIME type are both null/empty"); } // Set content type (mime type) String calculatedMimeType = FileUtils.getMimeType(filename); // not among the known ones String newMimeType = mimeType; if (calculatedMimeType == null) { // given mime type passed if (mimeType == null) { // none available put default mime-type newMimeType = "application/download"; } else { if ("application/octet-stream".equals(mimeType)) { // small modification newMimeType = "application/download"; } } } else { // calculated mime type has precedence over given mime type newMimeType = calculatedMimeType; } response.setContentType(newMimeType); // Set content disposition and other headers String contentDisposition = "attachment;filename=\"" + filename + "\""; response.setHeader("Content-Disposition", contentDisposition); response.setHeader("Expires", "0"); response.setHeader("Cache-Control", "max-age=30"); response.setHeader("Pragma", "public"); // Set content length response.setContentLength(bytes.length); // Write bytes to response OutputStream out = null; try { out = response.getOutputStream(); out.write(bytes); } catch (IOException e) { throw new WebException("Error writing data to HTTP response", e); } finally { try { out.close(); } catch (Exception e) { logger.error("Error closing HTTP stream", e); } } } /** * Retrieve a session-scoped managed bean. * * @param sessionBeanName * the session-scoped managed bean name * @return the session-scoped managed bean */ protected Object getSessionBean(String sessionBeanName) { Object sessionScopedBean = FacesContext.getCurrentInstance() .getExternalContext().getSessionMap().get(sessionBeanName); if (sessionScopedBean == null) { throw new IllegalArgumentException("No such object in Session"); } else { return sessionScopedBean; } } /** * Set a session-scoped managed bean * * @param sessionBeanName * the session-scoped managed bean name * @return the session-scoped managed bean */ protected boolean setSessionBean(String sessionBeanName, Object sessionBean) { Object sessionScopedBean = FacesContext.getCurrentInstance() .getExternalContext().getSessionMap().get(sessionBeanName); if (sessionScopedBean == null) { FacesContext.getCurrentInstance().getExternalContext() .getSessionMap().put(sessionBeanName, sessionBean); } else { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "This session-scoped bean was already initialized"); } return true; } /** * For testing (enables mock of FacesContext) * * @return the faces context */ public FacesContext getFacesContext() { if (facesContext == null) { return FacesContext.getCurrentInstance(); } return facesContext; } /** * For testing (enables mocking of FacesContext). * * @param aFacesContext * a - possibly mock - faces context. */ public void setFacesContext(FacesContext aFacesContext) { this.facesContext = aFacesContext; } }

    Read the article

  • Is the salt contained in a phpass hash or do you need to salt its input?

    - by Exception e
    phpass is a widely used hashing 'framework'. Is it good practice to salt the plain password before giving it to PasswordHash (v0.2), like so?: $dynamicSalt = $record['salt']; $staticSalt = 'i5ininsfj5lt4hbfduk54fjbhoxc80sdf'; $plainPassword = $_POST['password']; $password = $plainPassword . $dynamicSalt . $staticSalt; $passwordHash = new PasswordHash(8, false); $storedPassword = $passwordHash->HashPassword($password); For reference the phpsalt class: # Portable PHP password hashing framework. # # Version 0.2 / genuine. # # Written by Solar Designer <solar at openwall.com> in 2004-2006 and placed in # the public domain. # # # class PasswordHash { var $itoa64; var $iteration_count_log2; var $portable_hashes; var $random_state; function PasswordHash($iteration_count_log2, $portable_hashes) { $this->itoa64 = './0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'; if ($iteration_count_log2 < 4 || $iteration_count_log2 > 31) $iteration_count_log2 = 8; $this->iteration_count_log2 = $iteration_count_log2; $this->portable_hashes = $portable_hashes; $this->random_state = microtime() . getmypid(); } function get_random_bytes($count) { $output = ''; if (is_readable('/dev/urandom') && ($fh = @fopen('/dev/urandom', 'rb'))) { $output = fread($fh, $count); fclose($fh); } if (strlen($output) < $count) { $output = ''; for ($i = 0; $i < $count; $i += 16) { $this->random_state = md5(microtime() . $this->random_state); $output .= pack('H*', md5($this->random_state)); } $output = substr($output, 0, $count); } return $output; } function encode64($input, $count) { $output = ''; $i = 0; do { $value = ord($input[$i++]); $output .= $this->itoa64[$value & 0x3f]; if ($i < $count) $value |= ord($input[$i]) << 8; $output .= $this->itoa64[($value >> 6) & 0x3f]; if ($i++ >= $count) break; if ($i < $count) $value |= ord($input[$i]) << 16; $output .= $this->itoa64[($value >> 12) & 0x3f]; if ($i++ >= $count) break; $output .= $this->itoa64[($value >> 18) & 0x3f]; } while ($i < $count); return $output; } function gensalt_private($input) { $output = '$P$'; $output .= $this->itoa64[min($this->iteration_count_log2 + ((PHP_VERSION >= '5') ? 5 : 3), 30)]; $output .= $this->encode64($input, 6); return $output; } function crypt_private($password, $setting) { $output = '*0'; if (substr($setting, 0, 2) == $output) $output = '*1'; if (substr($setting, 0, 3) != '$P$') return $output; $count_log2 = strpos($this->itoa64, $setting[3]); if ($count_log2 < 7 || $count_log2 > 30) return $output; $count = 1 << $count_log2; $salt = substr($setting, 4, 8); if (strlen($salt) != 8) return $output; # We're kind of forced to use MD5 here since it's the only # cryptographic primitive available in all versions of PHP # currently in use. To implement our own low-level crypto # in PHP would result in much worse performance and # consequently in lower iteration counts and hashes that are # quicker to crack (by non-PHP code). if (PHP_VERSION >= '5') { $hash = md5($salt . $password, TRUE); do { $hash = md5($hash . $password, TRUE); } while (--$count); } else { $hash = pack('H*', md5($salt . $password)); do { $hash = pack('H*', md5($hash . $password)); } while (--$count); } $output = substr($setting, 0, 12); $output .= $this->encode64($hash, 16); return $output; } function gensalt_extended($input) { $count_log2 = min($this->iteration_count_log2 + 8, 24); # This should be odd to not reveal weak DES keys, and the # maximum valid value is (2**24 - 1) which is odd anyway. $count = (1 << $count_log2) - 1; $output = '_'; $output .= $this->itoa64[$count & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->itoa64[($count >> 6) & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->itoa64[($count >> 12) & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->itoa64[($count >> 18) & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->encode64($input, 3); return $output; } function gensalt_blowfish($input) { # This one needs to use a different order of characters and a # different encoding scheme from the one in encode64() above. # We care because the last character in our encoded string will # only represent 2 bits. While two known implementations of # bcrypt will happily accept and correct a salt string which # has the 4 unused bits set to non-zero, we do not want to take # chances and we also do not want to waste an additional byte # of entropy. $itoa64 = './ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789'; $output = '$2a$'; $output .= chr(ord('0') + $this->iteration_count_log2 / 10); $output .= chr(ord('0') + $this->iteration_count_log2 % 10); $output .= '$'; $i = 0; do { $c1 = ord($input[$i++]); $output .= $itoa64[$c1 >> 2]; $c1 = ($c1 & 0x03) << 4; if ($i >= 16) { $output .= $itoa64[$c1]; break; } $c2 = ord($input[$i++]); $c1 |= $c2 >> 4; $output .= $itoa64[$c1]; $c1 = ($c2 & 0x0f) << 2; $c2 = ord($input[$i++]); $c1 |= $c2 >> 6; $output .= $itoa64[$c1]; $output .= $itoa64[$c2 & 0x3f]; } while (1); return $output; } function HashPassword($password) { $random = ''; if (CRYPT_BLOWFISH == 1 && !$this->portable_hashes) { $random = $this->get_random_bytes(16); $hash = crypt($password, $this->gensalt_blowfish($random)); if (strlen($hash) == 60) return $hash; } if (CRYPT_EXT_DES == 1 && !$this->portable_hashes) { if (strlen($random) < 3) $random = $this->get_random_bytes(3); $hash = crypt($password, $this->gensalt_extended($random)); if (strlen($hash) == 20) return $hash; } if (strlen($random) < 6) $random = $this->get_random_bytes(6); $hash = $this->crypt_private($password, $this->gensalt_private($random)); if (strlen($hash) == 34) return $hash; # Returning '*' on error is safe here, but would _not_ be safe # in a crypt(3)-like function used _both_ for generating new # hashes and for validating passwords against existing hashes. return '*'; } function CheckPassword($password, $stored_hash) { $hash = $this->crypt_private($password, $stored_hash); if ($hash[0] == '*') $hash = crypt($password, $stored_hash); return $hash == $stored_hash; } }

    Read the article

  • How can * be a safe hashed password?

    - by Exception e
    phpass is a widely used hashing 'framework'. While evaluating phpass' HashPassword I came across this odd method fragment. function HashPassword($password) { // <snip> trying to generate a hash… # Returning '*' on error is safe here, but would _not_ be safe # in a crypt(3)-like function used _both_ for generating new # hashes and for validating passwords against existing hashes. return '*'; } This is the complete phpsalt class: # Portable PHP password hashing framework. # # Version 0.2 / genuine. # # Written by Solar Designer <solar at openwall.com> in 2004-2006 and placed in # the public domain. # # # class PasswordHash { var $itoa64; var $iteration_count_log2; var $portable_hashes; var $random_state; function PasswordHash($iteration_count_log2, $portable_hashes) { $this->itoa64 = './0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'; if ($iteration_count_log2 < 4 || $iteration_count_log2 > 31) $iteration_count_log2 = 8; $this->iteration_count_log2 = $iteration_count_log2; $this->portable_hashes = $portable_hashes; $this->random_state = microtime() . getmypid(); } function get_random_bytes($count) { $output = ''; if (is_readable('/dev/urandom') && ($fh = @fopen('/dev/urandom', 'rb'))) { $output = fread($fh, $count); fclose($fh); } if (strlen($output) < $count) { $output = ''; for ($i = 0; $i < $count; $i += 16) { $this->random_state = md5(microtime() . $this->random_state); $output .= pack('H*', md5($this->random_state)); } $output = substr($output, 0, $count); } return $output; } function encode64($input, $count) { $output = ''; $i = 0; do { $value = ord($input[$i++]); $output .= $this->itoa64[$value & 0x3f]; if ($i < $count) $value |= ord($input[$i]) << 8; $output .= $this->itoa64[($value >> 6) & 0x3f]; if ($i++ >= $count) break; if ($i < $count) $value |= ord($input[$i]) << 16; $output .= $this->itoa64[($value >> 12) & 0x3f]; if ($i++ >= $count) break; $output .= $this->itoa64[($value >> 18) & 0x3f]; } while ($i < $count); return $output; } function gensalt_private($input) { $output = '$P$'; $output .= $this->itoa64[min($this->iteration_count_log2 + ((PHP_VERSION >= '5') ? 5 : 3), 30)]; $output .= $this->encode64($input, 6); return $output; } function crypt_private($password, $setting) { $output = '*0'; if (substr($setting, 0, 2) == $output) $output = '*1'; if (substr($setting, 0, 3) != '$P$') return $output; $count_log2 = strpos($this->itoa64, $setting[3]); if ($count_log2 < 7 || $count_log2 > 30) return $output; $count = 1 << $count_log2; $salt = substr($setting, 4, 8); if (strlen($salt) != 8) return $output; # We're kind of forced to use MD5 here since it's the only # cryptographic primitive available in all versions of PHP # currently in use. To implement our own low-level crypto # in PHP would result in much worse performance and # consequently in lower iteration counts and hashes that are # quicker to crack (by non-PHP code). if (PHP_VERSION >= '5') { $hash = md5($salt . $password, TRUE); do { $hash = md5($hash . $password, TRUE); } while (--$count); } else { $hash = pack('H*', md5($salt . $password)); do { $hash = pack('H*', md5($hash . $password)); } while (--$count); } $output = substr($setting, 0, 12); $output .= $this->encode64($hash, 16); return $output; } function gensalt_extended($input) { $count_log2 = min($this->iteration_count_log2 + 8, 24); # This should be odd to not reveal weak DES keys, and the # maximum valid value is (2**24 - 1) which is odd anyway. $count = (1 << $count_log2) - 1; $output = '_'; $output .= $this->itoa64[$count & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->itoa64[($count >> 6) & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->itoa64[($count >> 12) & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->itoa64[($count >> 18) & 0x3f]; $output .= $this->encode64($input, 3); return $output; } function gensalt_blowfish($input) { # This one needs to use a different order of characters and a # different encoding scheme from the one in encode64() above. # We care because the last character in our encoded string will # only represent 2 bits. While two known implementations of # bcrypt will happily accept and correct a salt string which # has the 4 unused bits set to non-zero, we do not want to take # chances and we also do not want to waste an additional byte # of entropy. $itoa64 = './ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789'; $output = '$2a$'; $output .= chr(ord('0') + $this->iteration_count_log2 / 10); $output .= chr(ord('0') + $this->iteration_count_log2 % 10); $output .= '$'; $i = 0; do { $c1 = ord($input[$i++]); $output .= $itoa64[$c1 >> 2]; $c1 = ($c1 & 0x03) << 4; if ($i >= 16) { $output .= $itoa64[$c1]; break; } $c2 = ord($input[$i++]); $c1 |= $c2 >> 4; $output .= $itoa64[$c1]; $c1 = ($c2 & 0x0f) << 2; $c2 = ord($input[$i++]); $c1 |= $c2 >> 6; $output .= $itoa64[$c1]; $output .= $itoa64[$c2 & 0x3f]; } while (1); return $output; } function HashPassword($password) { $random = ''; if (CRYPT_BLOWFISH == 1 && !$this->portable_hashes) { $random = $this->get_random_bytes(16); $hash = crypt($password, $this->gensalt_blowfish($random)); if (strlen($hash) == 60) return $hash; } if (CRYPT_EXT_DES == 1 && !$this->portable_hashes) { if (strlen($random) < 3) $random = $this->get_random_bytes(3); $hash = crypt($password, $this->gensalt_extended($random)); if (strlen($hash) == 20) return $hash; } if (strlen($random) < 6) $random = $this->get_random_bytes(6); $hash = $this->crypt_private($password, $this->gensalt_private($random)); if (strlen($hash) == 34) return $hash; # Returning '*' on error is safe here, but would _not_ be safe # in a crypt(3)-like function used _both_ for generating new # hashes and for validating passwords against existing hashes. return '*'; } function CheckPassword($password, $stored_hash) { $hash = $this->crypt_private($password, $stored_hash); if ($hash[0] == '*') $hash = crypt($password, $stored_hash); return $hash == $stored_hash; } }

    Read the article

  • Windows-1251 file inside UTF-8 site?

    - by Spoonk
    Hello everyone Masters Of Web Delevopment :) I have a piece of PHP script that fetches last 10 played songs from my winamp. This script is inside file (lets call it "lastplayed.php") which is included in my site with php include function inside a "div". My site is on UTF-8 encoding. The problem is that some songs titles are in Windows-1251 encoding. And in my site they displays like "??????"... Is there any known way to tell to this div with included "lastplayed.php" in it, to be with windows-1251 encoding? Or any other suggestions? P.S: The file with fetching script a.k.a. "lastplayed.php", is converted to UTF-8. But if it is ANCII it's the same result. I try to put and meta tag with windows-1251 between head tag but nothing happens again. P.P.S: Script that fetches the Winamp's data (lastplayed.php): <?php /****** * You may use and/or modify this script as long as you: * 1. Keep my name & webpage mentioned * 2. Don't use it for commercial purposes * * If you want to use this script without complying to the rules above, please contact me first at: [email protected] * * Author: Martijn Korse * Website: http://devshed.excudo.net * * Date: 08-05-2006 ***/ /** * version 2.0 */ class Radio { var $fields = array(); var $fieldsDefaults = array("Server Status", "Stream Status", "Listener Peak", "Average Listen Time", "Stream Title", "Content Type", "Stream Genre", "Stream URL", "Current Song"); var $very_first_str; var $domain, $port, $path; var $errno, $errstr; var $trackLists = array(); var $isShoutcast; var $nonShoutcastData = array( "Server Status" => "n/a", "Stream Status" => "n/a", "Listener Peak" => "n/a", "Average Listen Time" => "n/a", "Stream Title" => "n/a", "Content Type" => "n/a", "Stream Genre" => "n/a", "Stream URL" => "n/a", "Stream AIM" => "n/a", "Stream IRC" => "n/a", "Current Song" => "n/a" ); var $altServer = False; function Radio($url) { $parsed_url = parse_url($url); $this->domain = isset($parsed_url['host']) ? $parsed_url['host'] : ""; $this->port = !isset($parsed_url['port']) || empty($parsed_url['port']) ? "80" : $parsed_url['port']; $this->path = empty($parsed_url['path']) ? "/" : $parsed_url['path']; if (empty($this->domain)) { $this->domain = $this->path; $this->path = ""; } $this->setOffset("Current Stream Information"); $this->setFields(); // setting default fields $this->setTableStart("<table border=0 cellpadding=2 cellspacing=2>"); $this->setTableEnd("</table>"); } function setFields($array=False) { if (!$array) $this->fields = $this->fieldsDefaults; else $this->fields = $array; } function setOffset($string) { $this->very_first_str = $string; } function setTableStart($string) { $this->tableStart = $string; } function setTableEnd($string) { $this->tableEnd = $string; } function getHTML($page=False) { if (!$page) $page = $this->path; $contents = ""; $domain = (substr($this->domain, 0, 7) == "http://") ? substr($this->domain, 7) : $this->domain; if (@$fp = fsockopen($domain, $this->port, $this->errno, $this->errstr, 2)) { fputs($fp, "GET ".$page." HTTP/1.1\r\n". "User-Agent: Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.5; Windows 98)\r\n". "Accept: */*\r\n". "Host: ".$domain."\r\n\r\n"); $c = 0; while (!feof($fp) && $c <= 20) { $contents .= fgets($fp, 4096); $c++; } fclose ($fp); preg_match("/(Content-Type:)(.*)/i", $contents, $matches); if (count($matches) > 0) { $contentType = trim($matches[2]); if ($contentType == "text/html") { $this->isShoutcast = True; return $contents; } else { $this->isShoutcast = False; $htmlContent = substr($contents, 0, strpos($contents, "\r\n\r\n")); $dataStr = str_replace("\r", "\n", str_replace("\r\n", "\n", $contents)); $lines = explode("\n", $dataStr); foreach ($lines AS $line) { if ($dp = strpos($line, ":")) { $key = substr($line, 0, $dp); $value = trim(substr($line, ($dp+1))); if (preg_match("/genre/i", $key)) $this->nonShoutcastData['Stream Genre'] = $value; if (preg_match("/name/i", $key)) $this->nonShoutcastData['Stream Title'] = $value; if (preg_match("/url/i", $key)) $this->nonShoutcastData['Stream URL'] = $value; if (preg_match("/content-type/i", $key)) $this->nonShoutcastData['Content Type'] = $value; if (preg_match("/icy-br/i", $key)) $this->nonShoutcastData['Stream Status'] = "Stream is up at ".$value."kbps"; if (preg_match("/icy-notice2/i", $key)) { $this->nonShoutcastData['Server Status'] = "This is <span style=\"color: red;\">not</span> a Shoutcast server!"; if (preg_match("/ultravox/i", $value)) $this->nonShoutcastData['Server Status'] .= " But an <a href=\"http://ultravox.aol.com/\" target=\"_blank\">Ultravox</a> Server"; $this->altServer = $value; } } } return nl2br($htmlContent); } } else return $contents; } else { return False; } } function getServerInfo($display_array=null, $very_first_str=null) { if (!isset($display_array)) $display_array = $this->fields; if (!isset($very_first_str)) $very_first_str = $this->very_first_str; if ($html = $this->getHTML()) { // parsing the contents $data = array(); foreach ($display_array AS $key => $item) { if ($this->isShoutcast) { $very_first_pos = stripos($html, $very_first_str); $first_pos = stripos($html, $item, $very_first_pos); $line_start = strpos($html, "<td>", $first_pos); $line_end = strpos($html, "</td>", $line_start) + 4; $difference = $line_end - $line_start; $line = substr($html, $line_start, $difference); $data[$key] = strip_tags($line); } else { $data[$key] = $this->nonShoutcastData[$item]; } } return $data; } else { return $this->errstr." (".$this->errno.")"; } } function createHistoryArray($page) { if (!in_array($page, $this->trackLists)) { $this->trackLists[] = $page; if ($html = $this->getHTML($page)) { $fromPos = stripos($html, $this->tableStart); $toPos = stripos($html, $this->tableEnd, $fromPos); $tableData = substr($html, $fromPos, ($toPos-$fromPos)); $lines = explode("</tr><tr>", $tableData); $tracks = array(); $c = 0; foreach ($lines AS $line) { $info = explode ("</td><td>", $line); $time = trim(strip_tags($info[0])); if (substr($time, 0, 9) != "Copyright" && !preg_match("/Tag Loomis, Tom Pepper and Justin Frankel/i", $info[1])) { $this->tracks[$c]['time'] = $time; $this->tracks[$c++]['track'] = trim(strip_tags($info[1])); } } if (count($this->tracks) > 0) { unset($this->tracks[0]); if (isset($this->tracks[1])) $this->tracks[1]['track'] = str_replace("Current Song", "", $this->tracks[1]['track']); } } else { $this->tracks[0] = array("time"=>$this->errno, "track"=>$this->errstr); } } } function getHistoryArray($page="/played.html") { if (!in_array($page, $this->trackLists)) $this->createHistoryArray($page); return $this->tracks; } function getHistoryTable($page="/played.html", $trackColText=False, $class=False) { $title_utf8 = mb_convert_encoding($trackArr ,"utf-8" ,"auto"); if (!in_array($page, $this->trackLists)) $this->createHistoryArray($page); if ($trackColText) $output .= " <div class='lastplayed_top'></div> <div".($class ? " class=\"".$class."\"" : "").">"; foreach ($this->tracks AS $title_utf8) $output .= "<div style='padding:2px 0;'>".$title_utf8['track']."</div>"; $output .= "</div><div class='lastplayed_bottom'></div> <div class='lastplayed_title'>".$trackColText."</div> \n"; return $output; } } // this is needed for those with a php version < 5 // the function is copied from the user comments @ php.net (http://nl3.php.net/stripos) if (!function_exists("stripos")) { function stripos($haystack, $needle, $offset=0) { return strpos(strtoupper($haystack), strtoupper($needle), $offset); } } ?> And the calling script outside the lastplayed.php: include "lastplayed.php"; $radio = new Radio($ip.":".$port); echo $radio->getHistoryTable("/played.html", "<b>Last played:</b>", "lastplayed_content");

    Read the article

  • Pure Server-Side Filtering with RadGridView and WCF RIA Services

    Those of you who are familiar with WCF RIA Services know that the DomainDataSource control provides a FilterDescriptors collection that enables you to filter data returned by the query on the server. We have been using this DomainDataSource feature in our RIA Services with DomainDataSource online example for almost an year now. In the example, we are listening for RadGridViews Filtering event in order to intercept any filtering that is performed on the client and translate it to something that the DomainDataSource will understand, in this case a System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor being added or removed from its FilterDescriptors collection. Think of RadGridView.FilterDescriptors as client-side filtering and of DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors as server-side filtering. We no longer need the client-side one. With the introduction of the Custom Filtering Controls feature many new possibilities have opened. With these custom controls we no longer need to do any filtering on the client. I have prepared a very small project that demonstrates how to filter solely on the server by using a custom filtering control. As I have already mentioned filtering on the server is done through the FilterDescriptors collection of the DomainDataSource control. This collection holds instances of type System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor. The FilterDescriptor has three important properties: PropertyPath: Specifies the name of the property that we want to filter on (the left operand). Operator: Specifies the type of comparison to use when filtering. An instance of FilterOperator Enumeration. Value: The value to compare with (the right operand). An instance of the Parameter Class. By adding filters, you can specify that only entities which meet the condition in the filter are loaded from the domain context. In case you are not familiar with these concepts you might find Brad Abrams blog interesting. Now, our requirements are to create some kind of UI that will manipulate the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection. When it comes to collections, my first choice of course would be RadGridView. If you are not familiar with the Custom Filtering Controls concept I would strongly recommend getting acquainted with my step-by-step tutorial Custom Filtering with RadGridView for Silverlight and checking the online example out. I have created a simple custom filtering control that contains a RadGridView and several buttons. This control is aware of the DomainDataSource instance, since it is operating on its FilterDescriptors collection. In fact, the RadGridView that is inside it is bound to this collection. In order to display filters that are relevant for the current column only, I have applied a filter to the grid. This filter is a Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor and is used to filter the little grid inside the custom control. It should not be confused with the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection that RadGridView is actually bound to. These are the RIA filters. Additionally, I have added several other features. For example, if you have specified a DataFormatString on your original column, the Value column inside the custom control will pick it up and format the filter values accordingly. Also, I have transferred the data type of the column that you are filtering to the Value column of the custom control. This will help the little RadGridView determine what kind of editor to show up when you begin edit, for example a date picker for DateTime columns. Finally, I have added four buttons two of them can be used to add or remove filters and the other two will communicate the changes you have made to the server. Here is the full source code of the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl. The XAML: <UserControl x:Class="PureServerSideFiltering.DomainDataSourceFilteringControl"    xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation"    xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml"     xmlns:telerikGrid="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView"     xmlns:telerik="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls"     Width="300">     <Border x:Name="LayoutRoot"             BorderThickness="1"             BorderBrush="#FF8A929E"             Padding="5"             Background="#FFDFE2E5">           <Grid>             <Grid.RowDefinitions>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="150"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>             </Grid.RowDefinitions>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="0"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="addFilterButton"                                   Click="OnAddFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Add Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="removeFilterButton"                                   Click="OnRemoveFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Remove Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>               <telerikGrid:RadGridView Name="filtersGrid"                                     Grid.Row="1"                                     Margin="2"                                     ItemsSource="{Binding FilterDescriptors}"                                     AddingNewDataItem="OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem"                                     ColumnWidth="*"                                     ShowGroupPanel="False"                                     AutoGenerateColumns="False"                                     CanUserResizeColumns="False"                                     CanUserReorderColumns="False"                                     CanUserFreezeColumns="False"                                     RowIndicatorVisibility="Collapsed"                                     IsFilteringAllowed="False"                                     CanUserSortColumns="False">                 <telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewComboBoxColumn DataMemberBinding="{Binding Operator}"                                                         UniqueName="Operator"/>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Value"                                                     DataMemberBinding="{Binding Value.Value}"                                                     UniqueName="Value"/>                 </telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>             </telerikGrid:RadGridView>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="2"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="filterButton"                                   Click="OnApplyFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Apply Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="clearButton"                                   Click="OnClearFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Clear Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>           </Grid>       </Border> </UserControl>   And the code-behind: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Data;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     /// <summary>     /// A custom filtering control capable of filtering purely server-side.     /// </summary>     public partial class DomainDataSourceFilteringControl : UserControl, IFilteringControl     {         // The main player here.         DomainDataSource domainDataSource;           // This is the name of the property that this column displays.         private string dataMemberName;           // This is the type of the property that this column displays.         private Type dataMemberType;           /// <summary>         /// Identifies the <see cref="IsActive"/> dependency property.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// The state of the filtering funnel (i.e. full or empty) is bound to this property.         /// </remarks>         public static readonly DependencyProperty IsActiveProperty =             DependencyProperty.Register(                 "IsActive",                 typeof(bool),                 typeof(DomainDataSourceFilteringControl),                 new PropertyMetadata(false));           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filtering is active.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// Set this to true if you want to lit-up the filtering funnel.         /// </remarks>         public bool IsActive         {             get { return (bool)GetValue(IsActiveProperty); }             set { SetValue(IsActiveProperty, value); }         }           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets the domain data source.         /// We need this in order to work on its FilterDescriptors collection.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The domain data source.</value>         public DomainDataSource DomainDataSource         {             get { return this.domainDataSource; }             set { this.domainDataSource = value; }         }           public System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptorCollection FilterDescriptors         {             get { return this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors; }         }           public DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()         {             InitializeComponent();         }           public void Prepare(GridViewBoundColumnBase column)         {             this.LayoutRoot.DataContext = this;               if (this.DomainDataSource == null)             {                 // Sorry, but we need a DomainDataSource. Can't do anything without it.                 return;             }               // This is the name of the property that this column displays.             this.dataMemberName = column.GetDataMemberName();               // This is the type of the property that this column displays.             // We need this in order to see which FilterOperators to feed to the combo-box column.             this.dataMemberType = column.DataType;               // We will use our magic Type extension method to see which operators are applicable for             // this data type. You can go to the extension method body and see what it does.             ((GridViewComboBoxColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Operator"]).ItemsSource                 = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators();               // This is very nice as well. We will tell the Value column its data type. In this way             // RadGridView will pick up the best editor according to the data type. For example,             // if the data type of the value is DateTime, you will be editing it with a DatePicker.             // Nice!             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataType = this.dataMemberType;               // Yet another nice feature. We will transfer the original DataFormatString (if any) to             // the Value column. In this way if you have specified a DataFormatString for the original             // column, you will see all filter values formatted accordingly.             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataFormatString = column.DataFormatString;               // This is important. Since our little filtersGrid will be bound to the entire collection             // of this.domainDataSource.FilterDescriptors, we need to set a Telerik filter on the             // grid so that it will display FilterDescriptor which are relevane to this column ONLY!             Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor columnFilter = new Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("PropertyPath"                 , Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsEqualTo                 , this.dataMemberName);             this.filtersGrid.FilterDescriptors.Add(columnFilter);               // We want to listen for this in order to activate and de-activate the UI funnel.             this.filtersGrid.Items.CollectionChanged += this.OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged;         }           /// <summary>         // Since the DomainDataSource is a little bit picky about adding uninitialized FilterDescriptors         // to its collection, we will prepare each new instance with some default values and then         // the user can change them later. Go to the event handler to see how we do this.         /// </summary>         void OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem(object sender, GridViewAddingNewEventArgs e)         {             // We need to initialize the new instance with some values and let the user go on from here.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor newFilter = new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor();               // This is a must. It should know what member it is filtering on.             newFilter.PropertyPath = this.dataMemberName;               // Initialize it with one of the allowed operators.             // TypeExtensions.ApplicableFilterOperators method for more info.             newFilter.Operator = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators().First();               if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(DateTime))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = DateTime.Now;             }             else if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(string))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = "<enter text>";             }             else if (this.dataMemberType.IsValueType)             {                 // We need something non-null for all value types.                 newFilter.Value.Value = Activator.CreateInstance(this.dataMemberType);             }               // Let the user edit the new filter any way he/she likes.             e.NewObject = newFilter;         }           void OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged(object sender, System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e)         {             // We are active only if we have any filters define. In this case the filtering funnel will lit-up.             this.IsActive = this.filtersGrid.Items.Count > 0;         }           private void OnApplyFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // Since this.domainDataSource.AutoLoad is false, this will take into             // account all filtering changes that the user has made since the last             // Load() and pull the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnClearFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // We want to remove ONLY those filters from the DomainDataSource             // that this control is responsible for.             this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors                 .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == this.dataMemberName) // Only "our" filters.                 .ToList()                 .ForEach(fd => this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(fd)); // Bye-bye!               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // After we did our housekeeping, get the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnAddFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Let the user enter his/or her requirements for a new filter.             this.filtersGrid.BeginInsert();             this.filtersGrid.UpdateLayout();         }           private void OnRemoveFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Find the currently selected filter and destroy it.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor filterToRemove = this.filtersGrid.SelectedItem as System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor;             if (filterToRemove != null                 && this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Contains(filterToRemove))             {                 this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(filterToRemove);             }         }           private void ClosePopup()         {             System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup popup = this.ParentOfType<System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup>();             if (popup != null)             {                 popup.IsOpen = false;             }         }     } }   Finally, we need to tell RadGridViews Columns to use this custom control instead of the default one. Here is how to do it: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     public partial class MainPage : UserControl     {         public MainPage()         {             InitializeComponent();             this.grid.AutoGeneratingColumn += this.OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn;               // Uncomment this if you want the DomainDataSource to start pre-filtered.             // You will notice how our custom filtering controls will correctly read this information,             // populate their UI with the respective filters and lit-up the funnel to indicate that             // filtering is active. Go ahead and try it.             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("Title", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.Contains, "Assistant"));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsGreaterThan, new DateTime(1998, 12, 31)));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsLessThanOrEqualTo, new DateTime(1999, 12, 31)));               this.employeesDataSource.Load();         }           /// <summary>         /// First of all, we will need to replace the default filtering control         /// of each column with out custom filtering control DomainDataSourceFilteringControl         /// </summary>         private void OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn(object sender, GridViewAutoGeneratingColumnEventArgs e)         {             GridViewBoundColumnBase dataColumn = e.Column as GridViewBoundColumnBase;             if (dataColumn != null)             {                 // We do not like ugly dates.                 if (dataColumn.DataType == typeof(DateTime))                 {                     dataColumn.DataFormatString = "{0:d}"; // Short date pattern.                       // Notice how this format will be later transferred to the Value column                     // of the grid that we have inside the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl.                 }                   // Replace the default filtering control with our.                 dataColumn.FilteringControl = new DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()                 {                     // Let the control know about the DDS, after all it will work directly on it.                     DomainDataSource = this.employeesDataSource                 };                   // Finally, lit-up the filtering funnel through the IsActive dependency property                 // in case there are some filters on the DDS that match our column member.                 string dataMemberName = dataColumn.GetDataMemberName();                 dataColumn.FilteringControl.IsActive =                     this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors                     .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == dataMemberName)                     .Count() > 0;             }         }     } } The best part is that we are not only writing filters for the DomainDataSource we can read and load them. If the DomainDataSource has some pre-existing filters (like I have created in the code above), our control will read them and will populate its UI accordingly. Even the filtering funnel will light-up! Remember, the funnel is controlled by the IsActive property of our control. While this is just a basic implementation, the source code is absolutely yours and you can take it from here and extend it to match your specific business requirements. Below the main grid there is another debug grid. With its help you can monitor what filter descriptors are added and removed to the domain data source. Download Source Code. (You will have to have the AdventureWorks sample database installed on the default SQLExpress instance in order to run it.) Enjoy!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Fitting an Image to Screen on Rotation iPhone / iPad ?

    - by user356937
    I have been playing around with one of the iPhone examples from Apple' web site (ScrollViewSuite) . I am trying to tweak it a bit so that when I rotate the the iPad the image will fit into the screen in landscape mode vertical. I have been successful in getting the image to rotate, but the image is larger than the height of the landscape screen, so the bottom is below the screen. I would like to image to scale to the height of the landscape screen. I have been playing around with various autoSizingMask attributes without success. The imageView is called "zoomView" this is the actual image which loads into a scrollView called imageScrollView. I am trying to achieve the screen to rotate and look like this.... olsonvox.com/photos/correct.png However, this is what My screen is looking like. olsonvox.com/photos/incorrect.png I would really appreciate some advice or guidance. Below is the RootViewController.m for the project. Blade # import "RootViewController.h" #define ZOOM_VIEW_TAG 100 #define ZOOM_STEP 1.5 #define THUMB_HEIGHT 150 #define THUMB_V_PADDING 25 #define THUMB_H_PADDING 25 #define CREDIT_LABEL_HEIGHT 25 #define AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD 30 @interface RootViewController (ViewHandlingMethods) - (void)toggleThumbView; - (void)pickImageNamed:(NSString *)name; - (NSArray *)imageNames; - (void)createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary; - (void)createSlideUpViewIfNecessary; @end @interface RootViewController (AutoscrollingMethods) - (void)maybeAutoscrollForThumb:(ThumbImageView *)thumb; - (void)autoscrollTimerFired:(NSTimer *)timer; - (void)legalizeAutoscrollDistance; - (float)autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:(float)proximity; @end @interface RootViewController (UtilityMethods) - (CGRect)zoomRectForScale:(float)scale withCenter:(CGPoint)center; @end @implementation RootViewController - (void)loadView { [super loadView]; imageScrollView = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:[[self view]bounds]]; // this code makes the image resize to the width and height properly. imageScrollView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleHeight | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleLeftMargin | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleRightMargin| UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin| UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin; // TRY SETTNG CENTER HERE SOMEHOW&gt;.... [imageScrollView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor blackColor]]; [imageScrollView setDelegate:self]; [imageScrollView setBouncesZoom:YES]; [[self view] addSubview:imageScrollView]; [self toggleThumbView]; // intitializes with the first image. [self pickImageNamed:@"lookbook1"]; } - (void)dealloc { [imageScrollView release]; [slideUpView release]; [thumbScrollView release]; [super dealloc]; } #pragma mark UIScrollViewDelegate methods - (UIView *)viewForZoomingInScrollView:(UIScrollView *)scrollView { UIView *view = nil; if (scrollView == imageScrollView) { view = [imageScrollView viewWithTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG]; } return view; } /************************************** NOTE **************************************/ /* The following delegate method works around a known bug in zoomToRect:animated: */ /* In the next release after 3.0 this workaround will no longer be necessary */ /**********************************************************************************/ - (void)scrollViewDidEndZooming:(UIScrollView *)scrollView withView:(UIView *)view atScale:(float)scale { [scrollView setZoomScale:scale+0.01 animated:NO]; [scrollView setZoomScale:scale animated:NO]; } #pragma mark TapDetectingImageViewDelegate methods - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotSingleTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // Single tap shows or hides drawer of thumbnails. [self toggleThumbView]; } - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotDoubleTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // double tap zooms in float newScale = [imageScrollView zoomScale] * ZOOM_STEP; CGRect zoomRect = [self zoomRectForScale:newScale withCenter:tapPoint]; [imageScrollView zoomToRect:zoomRect animated:YES]; } - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotTwoFingerTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // two-finger tap zooms out float newScale = [imageScrollView zoomScale] / ZOOM_STEP; CGRect zoomRect = [self zoomRectForScale:newScale withCenter:tapPoint]; [imageScrollView zoomToRect:zoomRect animated:YES]; } #pragma mark ThumbImageViewDelegate methods - (void)thumbImageViewWasTapped:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { [self pickImageNamed:[tiv imageName]]; [self toggleThumbView]; } - (void)thumbImageViewStartedTracking:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { [thumbScrollView bringSubviewToFront:tiv]; } // CONTROLS DRAGGING AND DROPPING THUMBNAILS... - (void)thumbImageViewMoved:(ThumbImageView *)draggingThumb { // check if we've moved close enough to an edge to autoscroll, or far enough away to stop autoscrolling [self maybeAutoscrollForThumb:draggingThumb]; /* The rest of this method handles the reordering of thumbnails in the thumbScrollView. See */ /* ThumbImageView.h and ThumbImageView.m for more information about how this works. */ // we'll reorder only if the thumb is overlapping the scroll view if (CGRectIntersectsRect([draggingThumb frame], [thumbScrollView bounds])) { BOOL draggingRight = [draggingThumb frame].origin.x &gt; [draggingThumb home].origin.x ? YES : NO; /* we're going to shift over all the thumbs who live between the home of the moving thumb */ /* and the current touch location. A thumb counts as living in this area if the midpoint */ /* of its home is contained in the area. */ NSMutableArray *thumbsToShift = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init]; // get the touch location in the coordinate system of the scroll view CGPoint touchLocation = [draggingThumb convertPoint:[draggingThumb touchLocation] toView:thumbScrollView]; // calculate minimum and maximum boundaries of the affected area float minX = draggingRight ? CGRectGetMaxX([draggingThumb home]) : touchLocation.x; float maxX = draggingRight ? touchLocation.x : CGRectGetMinX([draggingThumb home]); // iterate through thumbnails and see which ones need to move over for (ThumbImageView *thumb in [thumbScrollView subviews]) { // skip the thumb being dragged if (thumb == draggingThumb) continue; // skip non-thumb subviews of the scroll view (such as the scroll indicators) if (! [thumb isMemberOfClass:[ThumbImageView class]]) continue; float thumbMidpoint = CGRectGetMidX([thumb home]); if (thumbMidpoint &gt;= minX &amp;&amp; thumbMidpoint &lt;= maxX) { [thumbsToShift addObject:thumb]; } } // shift over the other thumbs to make room for the dragging thumb. (if we're dragging right, they shift to the left) float otherThumbShift = ([draggingThumb home].size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING) * (draggingRight ? -1 : 1); // as we shift over the other thumbs, we'll calculate how much the dragging thumb's home is going to move float draggingThumbShift = 0.0; // send each of the shifting thumbs to its new home for (ThumbImageView *otherThumb in thumbsToShift) { CGRect home = [otherThumb home]; home.origin.x += otherThumbShift; [otherThumb setHome:home]; [otherThumb goHome]; draggingThumbShift += ([otherThumb frame].size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING) * (draggingRight ? 1 : -1); } // change the home of the dragging thumb, but don't send it there because it's still being dragged CGRect home = [draggingThumb home]; home.origin.x += draggingThumbShift; [draggingThumb setHome:home]; } } - (void)thumbImageViewStoppedTracking:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { // if the user lets go of the thumb image view, stop autoscrolling [autoscrollTimer invalidate]; autoscrollTimer = nil; } #pragma mark Autoscrolling methods - (void)maybeAutoscrollForThumb:(ThumbImageView *)thumb { autoscrollDistance = 0; // only autoscroll if the thumb is overlapping the thumbScrollView if (CGRectIntersectsRect([thumb frame], [thumbScrollView bounds])) { CGPoint touchLocation = [thumb convertPoint:[thumb touchLocation] toView:thumbScrollView]; float distanceFromLeftEdge = touchLocation.x - CGRectGetMinX([thumbScrollView bounds]); float distanceFromRightEdge = CGRectGetMaxX([thumbScrollView bounds]) - touchLocation.x; if (distanceFromLeftEdge &lt; AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD) { autoscrollDistance = [self autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:distanceFromLeftEdge] * -1; // if scrolling left, distance is negative } else if (distanceFromRightEdge &lt; AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD) { autoscrollDistance = [self autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:distanceFromRightEdge]; } } // if no autoscrolling, stop and clear timer if (autoscrollDistance == 0) { [autoscrollTimer invalidate]; autoscrollTimer = nil; } // otherwise create and start timer (if we don't already have a timer going) else if (autoscrollTimer == nil) { autoscrollTimer = [NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:(1.0 / 60.0) target:self selector:@selector(autoscrollTimerFired:) userInfo:thumb repeats:YES]; } } - (float)autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:(float)proximity { // the scroll distance grows as the proximity to the edge decreases, so that moving the thumb // further over results in faster scrolling. return ceilf((AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD - proximity) / 5.0); } - (void)legalizeAutoscrollDistance { // makes sure the autoscroll distance won't result in scrolling past the content of the scroll view float minimumLegalDistance = [thumbScrollView contentOffset].x * -1; float maximumLegalDistance = [thumbScrollView contentSize].width - ([thumbScrollView frame].size.width + [thumbScrollView contentOffset].x); autoscrollDistance = MAX(autoscrollDistance, minimumLegalDistance); autoscrollDistance = MIN(autoscrollDistance, maximumLegalDistance); } - (void)autoscrollTimerFired:(NSTimer*)timer { [self legalizeAutoscrollDistance]; // autoscroll by changing content offset CGPoint contentOffset = [thumbScrollView contentOffset]; contentOffset.x += autoscrollDistance; [thumbScrollView setContentOffset:contentOffset]; // adjust thumb position so it appears to stay still ThumbImageView *thumb = (ThumbImageView *)[timer userInfo]; [thumb moveByOffset:CGPointMake(autoscrollDistance, 0)]; } #pragma mark View handling methods - (void)toggleThumbView { [self createSlideUpViewIfNecessary]; // no-op if slideUpView has already been created CGRect frame = [slideUpView frame]; if (thumbViewShowing) { frame.origin.y = 0; } else { frame.origin.y = -225; } [UIView beginAnimations:nil context:nil]; [UIView setAnimationDuration:0.3]; [slideUpView setFrame:frame]; [UIView commitAnimations]; thumbViewShowing = !thumbViewShowing; } - (void)pickImageNamed:(NSString *)name { // first remove previous image view, if any [[imageScrollView viewWithTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG] removeFromSuperview]; UIImage *image = [UIImage imageNamed:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.jpg", name]]; TapDetectingImageView *zoomView = [[TapDetectingImageView alloc] initWithImage:image]; zoomView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleWidth ; [zoomView setDelegate:self]; [zoomView setTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG]; [imageScrollView addSubview:zoomView]; [imageScrollView setContentSize:[zoomView frame].size]; [zoomView release]; // choose minimum scale so image width fits screen float minScale = [imageScrollView frame].size.width / [zoomView frame].size.width; [imageScrollView setMinimumZoomScale:minScale]; [imageScrollView setZoomScale:minScale]; [imageScrollView setContentOffset:CGPointZero]; } - (NSArray *)imageNames { // the filenames are stored in a plist in the app bundle, so create array by reading this plist NSString *path = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"Images" ofType:@"plist"]; NSData *plistData = [NSData dataWithContentsOfFile:path]; NSString *error; NSPropertyListFormat format; NSArray *imageNames = [NSPropertyListSerialization propertyListFromData:plistData mutabilityOption:NSPropertyListImmutable format:&amp;format errorDescription:&amp;error]; if (!imageNames) { NSLog(@"Failed to read image names. Error: %@", error); [error release]; } return imageNames; } - (void)createSlideUpViewIfNecessary { if (!slideUpView) { [self createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary]; CGRect bounds = [[self view] bounds]; float thumbHeight = [thumbScrollView frame].size.height; float labelHeight = CREDIT_LABEL_HEIGHT; // create label giving credit for images UILabel *creditLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, thumbHeight, bounds.size.width, labelHeight)]; [creditLabel setBackgroundColor:[UIColor clearColor]]; [creditLabel setTextColor:[UIColor whiteColor]]; // [creditLabel setFont:[UIFont fontWithName:@"Helvetica" size:16]]; // [creditLabel setText:@"SAMPLE TEXT"]; [creditLabel setTextAlignment:UITextAlignmentCenter]; // create container view that will hold scroll view and label CGRect frame = CGRectMake(0.0, -225.00, bounds.size.width+256, thumbHeight + labelHeight); slideUpView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleWidth | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleTopMargin; slideUpView = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:frame]; [slideUpView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor blackColor]]; [slideUpView setOpaque:NO]; [slideUpView setAlpha:.75]; [[self view] addSubview:slideUpView]; // add subviews to container view [slideUpView addSubview:thumbScrollView]; [slideUpView addSubview:creditLabel]; [creditLabel release]; } } - (void)createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary { if (!thumbScrollView) { float scrollViewHeight = THUMB_HEIGHT + THUMB_V_PADDING; float scrollViewWidth = [[self view] bounds].size.width; thumbScrollView = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, scrollViewWidth, scrollViewHeight)]; [thumbScrollView setCanCancelContentTouches:NO]; [thumbScrollView setClipsToBounds:NO]; // now place all the thumb views as subviews of the scroll view // and in the course of doing so calculate the content width float xPosition = THUMB_H_PADDING; for (NSString *name in [self imageNames]) { UIImage *thumbImage = [UIImage imageNamed:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@_thumb.jpg", name]]; if (thumbImage) { ThumbImageView *thumbView = [[ThumbImageView alloc] initWithImage:thumbImage]; [thumbView setDelegate:self]; [thumbView setImageName:name]; CGRect frame = [thumbView frame]; frame.origin.y = THUMB_V_PADDING; frame.origin.x = xPosition; [thumbView setFrame:frame]; [thumbView setHome:frame]; [thumbScrollView addSubview:thumbView]; [thumbView release]; xPosition += (frame.size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING); } } [thumbScrollView setContentSize:CGSizeMake(xPosition, scrollViewHeight)]; } } #pragma mark Utility methods - (CGRect)zoomRectForScale:(float)scale withCenter:(CGPoint)center { CGRect zoomRect; // the zoom rect is in the content view's coordinates. // At a zoom scale of 1.0, it would be the size of the imageScrollView's bounds. // As the zoom scale decreases, so more content is visible, the size of the rect grows. zoomRect.size.height = [imageScrollView frame].size.height / scale; zoomRect.size.width = [imageScrollView frame].size.width / scale; // choose an origin so as to get the right center. zoomRect.origin.x = center.x - (zoomRect.size.width / 2.0); zoomRect.origin.y = center.y - (zoomRect.size.height / 2.0); return zoomRect; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Rotation support // Ensure that the view controller supports rotation and that the split view can therefore show in both portrait and landscape. - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { return YES; } @end

    Read the article

  • Problems extracting information from RSS feed description field

    - by Graeme
    Hi, I've built an iPhone application using the parsing code from the TopSongs sample iPhone application. I've hit a problem though - the feed I'm trying to parse data from doesn't have a separate field for every piece of information (i.e. if it was for a feed about dogs, all the information such as dog type, dog age and dog price is contained in the feed. However, the TopSongs app relies on information having its own tags, so instead of using it uses and . So my question is this. How do I extract this information from the description field so that it can be parsed using the TopSongs parser? Can you somehow extract the dog age, price and type information using Yahoo Pipes and use that RSS feed for the feed? Or is there code that I can add to do it in application? Update: To view the code of my application parser (based on the TopSongs Core Data Apple provided application, see below. Here's a sample of one item from the the actual RSS feed I'm using (the description is longer, and has status,size, and a couple of other fields, but they're all formatted the same.: <item> <title>MOE, MARGRET STREET</title> <description> <b>District/Region:</b>&nbsp;REGION 09</br><b>Location:</b>&nbsp;MOE</br><b>Name:</b>&nbsp;MARGRET STREET</br></description> <pubDate>Thu,11 Mar 2010 05:43:03 GMT</pubDate> <guid>1266148</guid> </item> /* File: iTunesRSSImporter.m Abstract: Downloads, parses, and imports the iTunes top songs RSS feed into Core Data. Version: 1.1 Disclaimer: IMPORTANT: This Apple software is supplied to you by Apple Inc. ("Apple") in consideration of your agreement to the following terms, and your use, installation, modification or redistribution of this Apple software constitutes acceptance of these terms. If you do not agree with these terms, please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this Apple software. In consideration of your agreement to abide by the following terms, and subject to these terms, Apple grants you a personal, non-exclusive license, under Apple's copyrights in this original Apple software (the "Apple Software"), to use, reproduce, modify and redistribute the Apple Software, with or without modifications, in source and/or binary forms; provided that if you redistribute the Apple Software in its entirety and without modifications, you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions of the Apple Software. Neither the name, trademarks, service marks or logos of Apple Inc. may be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written permission from Apple. Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses, express or implied, are granted by Apple herein, including but not limited to any patent rights that may be infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be incorporated. The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an "AS IS" basis. APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE AND OPERATION ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE, REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. Copyright (C) 2009 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved. */ #import "iTunesRSSImporter.h" #import "Song.h" #import "Category.h" #import "CategoryCache.h" #import <libxml/tree.h> // Function prototypes for SAX callbacks. This sample implements a minimal subset of SAX callbacks. // Depending on your application's needs, you might want to implement more callbacks. static void startElementSAX(void *context, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI, int nb_namespaces, const xmlChar **namespaces, int nb_attributes, int nb_defaulted, const xmlChar **attributes); static void endElementSAX(void *context, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI); static void charactersFoundSAX(void *context, const xmlChar *characters, int length); static void errorEncounteredSAX(void *context, const char *errorMessage, ...); // Forward reference. The structure is defined in full at the end of the file. static xmlSAXHandler simpleSAXHandlerStruct; // Class extension for private properties and methods. @interface iTunesRSSImporter () @property BOOL storingCharacters; @property (nonatomic, retain) NSMutableData *characterBuffer; @property BOOL done; @property BOOL parsingASong; @property NSUInteger countForCurrentBatch; @property (nonatomic, retain) Song *currentSong; @property (nonatomic, retain) NSURLConnection *rssConnection; @property (nonatomic, retain) NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter; // The autorelease pool property is assign because autorelease pools cannot be retained. @property (nonatomic, assign) NSAutoreleasePool *importPool; @end static double lookuptime = 0; @implementation iTunesRSSImporter @synthesize iTunesURL, delegate, persistentStoreCoordinator; @synthesize rssConnection, done, parsingASong, storingCharacters, currentSong, countForCurrentBatch, characterBuffer, dateFormatter, importPool; - (void)dealloc { [iTunesURL release]; [characterBuffer release]; [currentSong release]; [rssConnection release]; [dateFormatter release]; [persistentStoreCoordinator release]; [insertionContext release]; [songEntityDescription release]; [theCache release]; [super dealloc]; } - (void)main { self.importPool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; if (delegate && [delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importerDidSave:)]) { [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:delegate selector:@selector(importerDidSave:) name:NSManagedObjectContextDidSaveNotification object:self.insertionContext]; } done = NO; self.dateFormatter = [[[NSDateFormatter alloc] init] autorelease]; [dateFormatter setDateStyle:NSDateFormatterLongStyle]; [dateFormatter setTimeStyle:NSDateFormatterNoStyle]; // necessary because iTunes RSS feed is not localized, so if the device region has been set to other than US // the date formatter must be set to US locale in order to parse the dates [dateFormatter setLocale:[[[NSLocale alloc] initWithLocaleIdentifier:@"US"] autorelease]]; self.characterBuffer = [NSMutableData data]; NSURLRequest *theRequest = [NSURLRequest requestWithURL:iTunesURL]; // create the connection with the request and start loading the data rssConnection = [[NSURLConnection alloc] initWithRequest:theRequest delegate:self]; // This creates a context for "push" parsing in which chunks of data that are not "well balanced" can be passed // to the context for streaming parsing. The handler structure defined above will be used for all the parsing. // The second argument, self, will be passed as user data to each of the SAX handlers. The last three arguments // are left blank to avoid creating a tree in memory. context = xmlCreatePushParserCtxt(&simpleSAXHandlerStruct, self, NULL, 0, NULL); if (rssConnection != nil) { do { [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] runMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode beforeDate:[NSDate distantFuture]]; } while (!done); } // Display the total time spent finding a specific object for a relationship NSLog(@"lookup time %f", lookuptime); // Release resources used only in this thread. xmlFreeParserCtxt(context); self.characterBuffer = nil; self.dateFormatter = nil; self.rssConnection = nil; self.currentSong = nil; [theCache release]; theCache = nil; NSError *saveError = nil; NSAssert1([insertionContext save:&saveError], @"Unhandled error saving managed object context in import thread: %@", [saveError localizedDescription]); if (delegate && [delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importerDidSave:)]) { [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:delegate name:NSManagedObjectContextDidSaveNotification object:self.insertionContext]; } if (self.delegate != nil && [self.delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importerDidFinishParsingData:)]) { [self.delegate importerDidFinishParsingData:self]; } [importPool release]; self.importPool = nil; } - (NSManagedObjectContext *)insertionContext { if (insertionContext == nil) { insertionContext = [[NSManagedObjectContext alloc] init]; [insertionContext setPersistentStoreCoordinator:self.persistentStoreCoordinator]; } return insertionContext; } - (void)forwardError:(NSError *)error { if (self.delegate != nil && [self.delegate respondsToSelector:@selector(importer:didFailWithError:)]) { [self.delegate importer:self didFailWithError:error]; } } - (NSEntityDescription *)songEntityDescription { if (songEntityDescription == nil) { songEntityDescription = [[NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"Song" inManagedObjectContext:self.insertionContext] retain]; } return songEntityDescription; } - (CategoryCache *)theCache { if (theCache == nil) { theCache = [[CategoryCache alloc] init]; theCache.managedObjectContext = self.insertionContext; } return theCache; } - (Song *)currentSong { if (currentSong == nil) { currentSong = [[Song alloc] initWithEntity:self.songEntityDescription insertIntoManagedObjectContext:self.insertionContext]; } return currentSong; } #pragma mark NSURLConnection Delegate methods // Forward errors to the delegate. - (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didFailWithError:(NSError *)error { [self performSelectorOnMainThread:@selector(forwardError:) withObject:error waitUntilDone:NO]; // Set the condition which ends the run loop. done = YES; } // Called when a chunk of data has been downloaded. - (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveData:(NSData *)data { // Process the downloaded chunk of data. xmlParseChunk(context, (const char *)[data bytes], [data length], 0); } - (void)connectionDidFinishLoading:(NSURLConnection *)connection { // Signal the context that parsing is complete by passing "1" as the last parameter. xmlParseChunk(context, NULL, 0, 1); context = NULL; // Set the condition which ends the run loop. done = YES; } #pragma mark Parsing support methods static const NSUInteger kImportBatchSize = 20; - (void)finishedCurrentSong { parsingASong = NO; self.currentSong = nil; countForCurrentBatch++; // Periodically purge the autorelease pool and save the context. The frequency of this action may need to be tuned according to the // size of the objects being parsed. The goal is to keep the autorelease pool from growing too large, but // taking this action too frequently would be wasteful and reduce performance. if (countForCurrentBatch == kImportBatchSize) { [importPool release]; self.importPool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; NSError *saveError = nil; NSAssert1([insertionContext save:&saveError], @"Unhandled error saving managed object context in import thread: %@", [saveError localizedDescription]); countForCurrentBatch = 0; } } /* Character data is appended to a buffer until the current element ends. */ - (void)appendCharacters:(const char *)charactersFound length:(NSInteger)length { [characterBuffer appendBytes:charactersFound length:length]; } - (NSString *)currentString { // Create a string with the character data using UTF-8 encoding. UTF-8 is the default XML data encoding. NSString *currentString = [[[NSString alloc] initWithData:characterBuffer encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding] autorelease]; [characterBuffer setLength:0]; return currentString; } @end #pragma mark SAX Parsing Callbacks // The following constants are the XML element names and their string lengths for parsing comparison. // The lengths include the null terminator, to ensure exact matches. static const char *kName_Item = "item"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Item = 5; static const char *kName_Title = "title"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Title = 6; static const char *kName_Category = "category"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Category = 9; static const char *kName_Itms = "itms"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Itms = 5; static const char *kName_Artist = "description"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Artist = 7; static const char *kName_Album = "description"; static const NSUInteger kLength_Album = 6; static const char *kName_ReleaseDate = "releasedate"; static const NSUInteger kLength_ReleaseDate = 12; /* This callback is invoked when the importer finds the beginning of a node in the XML. For this application, out parsing needs are relatively modest - we need only match the node name. An "item" node is a record of data about a song. In that case we create a new Song object. The other nodes of interest are several of the child nodes of the Song currently being parsed. For those nodes we want to accumulate the character data in a buffer. Some of the child nodes use a namespace prefix. */ static void startElementSAX(void *parsingContext, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI, int nb_namespaces, const xmlChar **namespaces, int nb_attributes, int nb_defaulted, const xmlChar **attributes) { iTunesRSSImporter *importer = (iTunesRSSImporter *)parsingContext; // The second parameter to strncmp is the name of the element, which we known from the XML schema of the feed. // The third parameter to strncmp is the number of characters in the element name, plus 1 for the null terminator. if (prefix == NULL && !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Item, kLength_Item)) { importer.parsingASong = YES; } else if (importer.parsingASong && ( (prefix == NULL && (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Title, kLength_Title) || !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Category, kLength_Category))) || ((prefix != NULL && !strncmp((const char *)prefix, kName_Itms, kLength_Itms)) && (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Artist, kLength_Artist) || !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Album, kLength_Album) || !strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_ReleaseDate, kLength_ReleaseDate))) )) { importer.storingCharacters = YES; } } /* This callback is invoked when the parse reaches the end of a node. At that point we finish processing that node, if it is of interest to us. For "item" nodes, that means we have completed parsing a Song object. We pass the song to a method in the superclass which will eventually deliver it to the delegate. For the other nodes we care about, this means we have all the character data. The next step is to create an NSString using the buffer contents and store that with the current Song object. */ static void endElementSAX(void *parsingContext, const xmlChar *localname, const xmlChar *prefix, const xmlChar *URI) { iTunesRSSImporter *importer = (iTunesRSSImporter *)parsingContext; if (importer.parsingASong == NO) return; if (prefix == NULL) { if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Item, kLength_Item)) { [importer finishedCurrentSong]; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Title, kLength_Title)) { importer.currentSong.title = importer.currentString; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Category, kLength_Category)) { double before = [NSDate timeIntervalSinceReferenceDate]; Category *category = [importer.theCache categoryWithName:importer.currentString]; double delta = [NSDate timeIntervalSinceReferenceDate] - before; lookuptime += delta; importer.currentSong.category = category; } } else if (!strncmp((const char *)prefix, kName_Itms, kLength_Itms)) { if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Artist, kLength_Artist)) { NSString *string = importer.currentSong.artist; NSArray *strings = [string componentsSeparatedByString: @", "]; //importer.currentSong.artist = importer.currentString; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_Album, kLength_Album)) { importer.currentSong.album = importer.currentString; } else if (!strncmp((const char *)localname, kName_ReleaseDate, kLength_ReleaseDate)) { NSString *dateString = importer.currentString; importer.currentSong.releaseDate = [importer.dateFormatter dateFromString:dateString]; } } importer.storingCharacters = NO; } /* This callback is invoked when the parser encounters character data inside a node. The importer class determines how to use the character data. */ static void charactersFoundSAX(void *parsingContext, const xmlChar *characterArray, int numberOfCharacters) { iTunesRSSImporter *importer = (iTunesRSSImporter *)parsingContext; // A state variable, "storingCharacters", is set when nodes of interest begin and end. // This determines whether character data is handled or ignored. if (importer.storingCharacters == NO) return; [importer appendCharacters:(const char *)characterArray length:numberOfCharacters]; } /* A production application should include robust error handling as part of its parsing implementation. The specifics of how errors are handled depends on the application. */ static void errorEncounteredSAX(void *parsingContext, const char *errorMessage, ...) { // Handle errors as appropriate for your application. NSCAssert(NO, @"Unhandled error encountered during SAX parse."); } // The handler struct has positions for a large number of callback functions. If NULL is supplied at a given position, // that callback functionality won't be used. Refer to libxml documentation at http://www.xmlsoft.org for more information // about the SAX callbacks. static xmlSAXHandler simpleSAXHandlerStruct = { NULL, /* internalSubset */ NULL, /* isStandalone */ NULL, /* hasInternalSubset */ NULL, /* hasExternalSubset */ NULL, /* resolveEntity */ NULL, /* getEntity */ NULL, /* entityDecl */ NULL, /* notationDecl */ NULL, /* attributeDecl */ NULL, /* elementDecl */ NULL, /* unparsedEntityDecl */ NULL, /* setDocumentLocator */ NULL, /* startDocument */ NULL, /* endDocument */ NULL, /* startElement*/ NULL, /* endElement */ NULL, /* reference */ charactersFoundSAX, /* characters */ NULL, /* ignorableWhitespace */ NULL, /* processingInstruction */ NULL, /* comment */ NULL, /* warning */ errorEncounteredSAX, /* error */ NULL, /* fatalError //: unused error() get all the errors */ NULL, /* getParameterEntity */ NULL, /* cdataBlock */ NULL, /* externalSubset */ XML_SAX2_MAGIC, // NULL, startElementSAX, /* startElementNs */ endElementSAX, /* endElementNs */ NULL, /* serror */ }; Thanks.

    Read the article

  • problem with google chrome

    - by user365559
    hi. i have javscript file for history management.IT is not supported by chrome when i am trying to navigate to back page with backbutton in the browser.I can see the url change but it doesnt go to preceeding page. BrowserHistoryUtils = { addEvent: function(elm, evType, fn, useCapture) { useCapture = useCapture || false; if (elm.addEventListener) { elm.addEventListener(evType, fn, useCapture); return true; } else if (elm.attachEvent) { var r = elm.attachEvent('on' + evType, fn); return r; } else { elm['on' + evType] = fn; } } } BrowserHistory = (function() { // type of browser var browser = { ie: false, firefox: false, safari: false, opera: false, version: -1 }; // if setDefaultURL has been called, our first clue // that the SWF is ready and listening //var swfReady = false; // the URL we'll send to the SWF once it is ready //var pendingURL = ''; // Default app state URL to use when no fragment ID present var defaultHash = ''; // Last-known app state URL var currentHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHash = document.location.hash; // History frame source URL prefix (used only by IE) var historyFrameSourcePrefix = 'history/historyFrame.html?'; // History maintenance (used only by Safari) var currentHistoryLength = -1; var historyHash = []; var initialState = createState(initialHref, initialHref + '#' + initialHash, initialHash); var backStack = []; var forwardStack = []; var currentObjectId = null; //UserAgent detection var useragent = navigator.userAgent.toLowerCase(); if (useragent.indexOf("opera") != -1) { browser.opera = true; } else if (useragent.indexOf("msie") != -1) { browser.ie = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('msie') + 4)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("safari") != -1) { browser.safari = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('safari') + 7)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("gecko") != -1) { browser.firefox = true; } if (browser.ie == true && browser.version == 7) { window["_ie_firstload"] = false; } // Accessor functions for obtaining specific elements of the page. function getHistoryFrame() { return document.getElementById('ie_historyFrame'); } function getAnchorElement() { return document.getElementById('firefox_anchorDiv'); } function getFormElement() { return document.getElementById('safari_formDiv'); } function getRememberElement() { return document.getElementById("safari_remember_field"); } // Get the Flash player object for performing ExternalInterface callbacks. // Updated for changes to SWFObject2. function getPlayer(id) { if (id && document.getElementById(id)) { var r = document.getElementById(id); if (typeof r.SetVariable != "undefined") { return r; } else { var o = r.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = r.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } } } else { var o = document.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = document.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } else if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (o.length > 1 && typeof o[1].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[1]; } } return undefined; } function getPlayers() { var players = []; if (players.length == 0) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('object'); players = tmp; } if (players.length == 0 || players[0].object == null) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('embed'); players = tmp; } return players; } function getIframeHash() { var doc = getHistoryFrame().contentWindow.document; var hash = String(doc.location.search); if (hash.length == 1 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = ""; } else if (hash.length >= 2 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = hash.substring(1); } return hash; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function getHash() { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. var idx = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); return (idx >= 0) ? document.location.href.substr(idx+1) : ''; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function setHash(hash) { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. if (hash == '') hash = '#' document.location.hash = hash; } function createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { return { 'baseUrl': baseUrl, 'newUrl': newUrl, 'flexAppUrl': flexAppUrl, 'title': null }; } /* Add a history entry to the browser. * baseUrl: the portion of the location prior to the '#' * newUrl: the entire new URL, including '#' and following fragment * flexAppUrl: the portion of the location following the '#' only */ function addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; if (browser.ie) { //Check to see if we are being asked to do a navigate for the first //history entry, and if so ignore, because it's coming from the creation //of the history iframe if (flexAppUrl == defaultHash && document.location.href == initialHref && window['_ie_firstload']) { currentHref = initialHref; return; } if ((!flexAppUrl || flexAppUrl == defaultHash) && window['_ie_firstload']) { newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + defaultHash; flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } else { // for IE, tell the history frame to go somewhere without a '#' // in order to get this entry into the browser history. getHistoryFrame().src = historyFrameSourcePrefix + flexAppUrl; } setHash(flexAppUrl); } else { //ADR if (backStack.length == 0 && initialState.flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { initialState = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } else if(backStack.length > 0 && backStack[backStack.length - 1].flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { backStack[backStack.length - 1] = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } if (browser.safari) { // for Safari, submit a form whose action points to the desired URL if (browser.version <= 419.3) { var file = window.location.pathname.toString(); file = file.substring(file.lastIndexOf("/")+1); getFormElement().innerHTML = '<form name="historyForm" action="'+file+'#' + flexAppUrl + '" method="GET"></form>'; //get the current elements and add them to the form var qs = window.location.search.substring(1); var qs_arr = qs.split("&"); for (var i = 0; i < qs_arr.length; i++) { var tmp = qs_arr[i].split("="); var elem = document.createElement("input"); elem.type = "hidden"; elem.name = tmp[0]; elem.value = tmp[1]; document.forms.historyForm.appendChild(elem); } document.forms.historyForm.submit(); } else { top.location.hash = flexAppUrl; } // We also have to maintain the history by hand for Safari historyHash[history.length] = flexAppUrl; _storeStates(); } else { // Otherwise, write an anchor into the page and tell the browser to go there addAnchor(flexAppUrl); setHash(flexAppUrl); } } backStack.push(createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl)); } function _storeStates() { if (browser.safari) { getRememberElement().value = historyHash.join(","); } } function handleBackButton() { //The "current" page is always at the top of the history stack. var current = backStack.pop(); if (!current) { return; } var last = backStack[backStack.length - 1]; if (!last && backStack.length == 0){ last = initialState; } forwardStack.push(current); } function handleForwardButton() { //summary: private method. Do not call this directly. var last = forwardStack.pop(); if (!last) { return; } backStack.push(last); } function handleArbitraryUrl() { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; } /* Called periodically to poll to see if we need to detect navigation that has occurred */ function checkForUrlChange() { if (browser.ie) { if (currentHref != document.location.href && currentHref + '#' != document.location.href) { //This occurs when the user has navigated to a specific URL //within the app, and didn't use browser back/forward //IE seems to have a bug where it stops updating the URL it //shows the end-user at this point, but programatically it //appears to be correct. Do a full app reload to get around //this issue. if (browser.version < 7) { currentHref = document.location.href; document.location.reload(); } else { if (getHash() != getIframeHash()) { // this.iframe.src = this.blankURL + hash; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + getHash(); getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; } } } } if (browser.safari) { // For Safari, we have to check to see if history.length changed. if (currentHistoryLength >= 0 && history.length != currentHistoryLength) { //alert("did change: " + history.length + ", " + historyHash.length + "|" + historyHash[history.length] + "|>" + historyHash.join("|")); // If it did change, then we have to look the old state up // in our hand-maintained array since document.location.hash // won't have changed, then call back into BrowserManager. currentHistoryLength = history.length; var flexAppUrl = historyHash[currentHistoryLength]; if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } _storeStates(); } } if (browser.firefox) { if (currentHref != document.location.href) { var bsl = backStack.length; var urlActions = { back: false, forward: false, set: false } if ((window.location.hash == initialHash || window.location.href == initialHref) && (bsl == 1)) { urlActions.back = true; // FIXME: could this ever be a forward button? // we can't clear it because we still need to check for forwards. Ugg. // clearInterval(this.locationTimer); handleBackButton(); } // first check to see if we could have gone forward. We always halt on // a no-hash item. if (forwardStack.length > 0) { if (forwardStack[forwardStack.length-1].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.forward = true; handleForwardButton(); } } // ok, that didn't work, try someplace back in the history stack if ((bsl >= 2) && (backStack[bsl - 2])) { if (backStack[bsl - 2].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.back = true; handleBackButton(); } } if (!urlActions.back && !urlActions.forward) { var foundInStacks = { back: -1, forward: -1 } for (var i = 0; i < backStack.length; i++) { if (backStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.back = i; } } for (var i = 0; i < forwardStack.length; i++) { if (forwardStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.forward = i; } } handleArbitraryUrl(); } // Firefox changed; do a callback into BrowserManager to tell it. currentHref = document.location.href; var flexAppUrl = getHash(); if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } /* Write an anchor into the page to legitimize it as a URL for Firefox et al. */ function addAnchor(flexAppUrl) { if (document.getElementsByName(flexAppUrl).length == 0) { getAnchorElement().innerHTML += "<a name='" + flexAppUrl + "'>" + flexAppUrl + "</a>"; } } var _initialize = function () { if (browser.ie) { var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { var iframe_location = (new String(s.src)).replace("history.js", "historyFrame.html"); } } historyFrameSourcePrefix = iframe_location + "?"; var src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; var iframe = document.createElement("iframe"); iframe.id = 'ie_historyFrame'; iframe.name = 'ie_historyFrame'; //iframe.src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; try { document.body.appendChild(iframe); } catch(e) { setTimeout(function() { document.body.appendChild(iframe); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { var rememberDiv = document.createElement("div"); rememberDiv.id = 'safari_rememberDiv'; document.body.appendChild(rememberDiv); rememberDiv.innerHTML = '<input type="text" id="safari_remember_field" style="width: 500px;">'; var formDiv = document.createElement("div"); formDiv.id = 'safari_formDiv'; document.body.appendChild(formDiv); var reloader_content = document.createElement('div'); reloader_content.id = 'safarireloader'; var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { html = (new String(s.src)).replace(".js", ".html"); } } reloader_content.innerHTML = '<iframe id="safarireloader-iframe" src="about:blank" frameborder="no" scrolling="no"></iframe>'; document.body.appendChild(reloader_content); reloader_content.style.position = 'absolute'; reloader_content.style.left = reloader_content.style.top = '-9999px'; iframe = reloader_content.getElementsByTagName('iframe')[0]; if (document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value != "" ) { historyHash = document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value.split(","); } } if (browser.firefox) { var anchorDiv = document.createElement("div"); anchorDiv.id = 'firefox_anchorDiv'; document.body.appendChild(anchorDiv); } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } return { historyHash: historyHash, backStack: function() { return backStack; }, forwardStack: function() { return forwardStack }, getPlayer: getPlayer, initialize: function(src) { _initialize(src); }, setURL: function(url) { document.location.href = url; }, getURL: function() { return document.location.href; }, getTitle: function() { return document.title; }, setTitle: function(title) { try { backStack[backStack.length - 1].title = title; } catch(e) { } //if on safari, set the title to be the empty string. if (browser.safari) { if (title == "") { try { var tmp = window.location.href.toString(); title = tmp.substring((tmp.lastIndexOf("/")+1), tmp.lastIndexOf("#")); } catch(e) { title = ""; } } } document.title = title; }, setDefaultURL: function(def) { defaultHash = def; def = getHash(); //trailing ? is important else an extra frame gets added to the history //when navigating back to the first page. Alternatively could check //in history frame navigation to compare # and ?. if (browser.ie) { window['_ie_firstload'] = true; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + def; var func = function() { getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; window.location.replace("#" + def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } try { func(); } catch(e) { window.setTimeout(function() { func(); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { currentHistoryLength = history.length; if (historyHash.length == 0) { historyHash[currentHistoryLength] = def; var newloc = "#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } else { //alert(historyHash[historyHash.length-1]); } //setHash(def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } if (browser.firefox || browser.opera) { var reg = new RegExp("#" + def + "$"); if (window.location.toString().match(reg)) { } else { var newloc ="#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); //setHash(def); } }, /* Set the current browser URL; called from inside BrowserManager to propagate * the application state out to the container. */ setBrowserURL: function(flexAppUrl, objectId) { if (browser.ie && typeof objectId != "undefined") { currentObjectId = objectId; } //fromIframe = fromIframe || false; //fromFlex = fromFlex || false; //alert("setBrowserURL: " + flexAppUrl); //flexAppUrl = (flexAppUrl == "") ? defaultHash : flexAppUrl ; var pos = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); var baseUrl = pos != -1 ? document.location.href.substr(0, pos) : document.location.href; var newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + flexAppUrl; if (document.location.href != newUrl && document.location.href + '#' != newUrl) { currentHref = newUrl; addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); currentHistoryLength = history.length; } return false; }, browserURLChange: function(flexAppUrl) { var objectId = null; if (browser.ie && currentObjectId != null) { objectId = currentObjectId; } pendingURL = ''; if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { try { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } } else { try { getPlayer(objectId).browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } currentObjectId = null; } } })(); // Initialization // Automated unit testing and other diagnostics function setURL(url) { document.location.href = url; } function backButton() { history.back(); } function forwardButton() { history.forward(); } function goForwardOrBackInHistory(step) { history.go(step); } //BrowserHistoryUtils.addEvent(window, "load", function() { BrowserHistory.initialize(); }); (function(i) { var u =navigator.userAgent;var e=/*@cc_on!@*/false; var st = setTimeout; if(/webkit/i.test(u)){ st(function(){ var dr=document.readyState; if(dr=="loaded"||dr=="complete"){i()} else{st(arguments.callee,10);}},10); } else if((/mozilla/i.test(u)&&!/(compati)/.test(u)) || (/opera/i.test(u))){ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",i,false); } else if(e){ (function(){ var t=document.createElement('doc:rdy'); try{t.doScroll('left'); i();t=null; }catch(e){st(arguments.callee,0);}})(); } else{ window.onload=i; } })( function() {BrowserHistory.initialize();} );

    Read the article

  • ant ftp doesn't download files in subdirectories

    - by Kristof Neirynck
    Hello, I'm trying to download files in subdirectories from an ftp server with ant. The exact set of files is known. Some of them are in subdirectories. Ant only seems to download the ones in the root directory. It does work if I download all files without listing them. The first ftp action should do the exact same thing as the second. Instead it complains about "Hidden files" and seems to prefix the paths with "\\". Does anyone know what's wrong here? Is this a bug in commons-net? build.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <project name="example" default="example" basedir="."> <taskdef name="ftp" classname="org.apache.tools.ant.taskdefs.optional.net.FTP" /> <target name="example"> <!-- 2 files retrieved --> <ftp action="get" verbose="true" server="localhost" userid="example" password="example"> <fileset dir="downloads" casesensitive="false" includes="root1.txt,root2.txt,a/a.txt,a/b/ab.txt,c/c.txt" /> </ftp> <!-- 5 files retrieved --> <ftp action="get" verbose="true" server="localhost" userid="example" password="example"> <fileset dir="downloads" casesensitive="false" includes="**/*" /> </ftp> </target> </project> run_ant.bat @ECHO OFF PUSHD %~dp0 SET CLASSPATH= SET ANT_HOME=C:\apache-ant-1.8.0 SET ant=%ANT_HOME%\bin\ant.bat SET antoptions=-nouserlib -noclasspath -d SET ftpjars=^ -lib lib\jakarta-oro-2.0.8.jar ^ -lib lib\commons-net-2.0.jar CALL %ant% %antoptions% %ftpjars% > output.txt POPD output.txt Unable to locate tools.jar. Expected to find it in C:\PROGRA~1\Java\jre6\lib\tools.jar Apache Ant version 1.8.0 compiled on February 1 2010 Trying the default build file: build.xml Buildfile: G:\ftp\build.xml Adding reference: ant.PropertyHelper Detected Java version: 1.6 in: C:\PROGRA~1\Java\jre6 Detected OS: Windows 7 Adding reference: ant.ComponentHelper Setting ro project property: ant.file -> G:\ftp\build.xml Setting ro project property: ant.file.type -> file Adding reference: ant.projectHelper Adding reference: ant.parsing.context Adding reference: ant.targets parsing buildfile G:\ftp\build.xml with URI = file:/G:/ftp/build.xml Setting ro project property: ant.project.name -> example Adding reference: example Setting ro project property: ant.project.default-target -> example Setting ro project property: ant.file.example -> G:\ftp\build.xml Setting ro project property: ant.file.type.example -> file Project base dir set to: G:\ftp +Target: +Target: example Adding reference: ant.LocalProperties parsing buildfile jar:file:/C:/apache-ant-1.8.0/lib/ant.jar!/org/apache/tools/ant/antlib.xml with URI = jar:file:/C:/apache-ant-1.8.0/lib/ant.jar!/org/apache/tools/ant/antlib.xml from a zip file Class org.apache.tools.ant.taskdefs.optional.net.FTP loaded from parent loader (parentFirst) Setting ro project property: ant.project.invoked-targets -> example Attempting to create object of type org.apache.tools.ant.helper.DefaultExecutor Adding reference: ant.executor Build sequence for target(s) `example' is [example] Complete build sequence is [example, ] example: [ftp] Opening FTP connection to localhost [ftp] connected [ftp] logging in to FTP server [ftp] login succeeded [ftp] getting files fileset: Setup scanner in dir G:\ftp\downloads with patternSet{ includes: [root1.txt, root2.txt, a/a.txt, a/b/ab.txt] excludes: [] } will try to cd to A where a directory called a exists testing case sensitivity, attempting to cd to A remote system is case sensitive : false [ftp] Hidden file \\a\b\ assumed to not be a symlink. filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files [ftp] Hidden file \\a\b\ assumed to not be a symlink. filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files [ftp] Hidden file \\a\a.txt assumed to not be a symlink. filelist map used in listing files [ftp] Hidden file \\a\a.txt assumed to not be a symlink. filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files filelist map used in listing files [ftp] transferring root1.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\root1.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\root1.txt copied from localhost [ftp] transferring root2.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\root2.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\root2.txt copied from localhost [ftp] 2 files retrieved [ftp] disconnecting [ftp] Opening FTP connection to localhost [ftp] connected [ftp] logging in to FTP server [ftp] login succeeded [ftp] getting files fileset: Setup scanner in dir G:\ftp\downloads with patternSet{ includes: [**/*] excludes: [] } will try to cd to A where a directory called a exists testing case sensitivity, attempting to cd to A remote system is case sensitive : false [ftp] transferring a\a.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\a\a.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\a\a.txt copied from localhost [ftp] transferring a\b\ab.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\a\b\ab.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\a\b\ab.txt copied from localhost [ftp] transferring c\c.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\c\c.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\c\c.txt copied from localhost [ftp] transferring root1.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\root1.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\root1.txt copied from localhost [ftp] transferring root2.txt to G:\ftp\downloads\root2.txt [ftp] File G:\ftp\downloads\root2.txt copied from localhost [ftp] 5 files retrieved [ftp] disconnecting BUILD SUCCESSFUL Total time: 0 seconds server log (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> Connected, sending welcome message... (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 220-FileZilla Server version 0.9.34 beta (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 220-written by Tim Kosse ([email protected]) (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 220 Please visit http://sourceforge.net/projects/filezilla/ (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> USER example (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 331 Password required for example (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> PASS ******* (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 230 Logged on (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> TYPE I (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Type set to I (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> SYST (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 215 UNIX emulated by FileZilla (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,232 (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD A (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/A" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD a (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD b (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD //a/b (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,233 (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,234 (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD //\\a\b\ (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD //\\a\b\ (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/a/b" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD a (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD //a (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/a" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,235 (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,236 (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR root1.txt (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,237 (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR root2.txt (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> QUIT (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 221 Goodbye (000153) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> disconnected. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> Connected, sending welcome message... (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 220-FileZilla Server version 0.9.34 beta (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 220-written by Tim Kosse ([email protected]) (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 220 Please visit http://sourceforge.net/projects/filezilla/ (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> USER example (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> 331 Password required for example (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - (not logged in) (127.0.0.1)> PASS ******* (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 230 Logged on (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> TYPE I (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Type set to I (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> SYST (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 215 UNIX emulated by FileZilla (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,239 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD A (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/A" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PWD (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 257 "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,240 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:12 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD a (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,241 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD //a/ (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD b (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/a/b" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,242 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CDUP (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 CDUP successful. "/a" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CDUP (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 CDUP successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD c (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/c" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,243 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> LIST (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for directory list. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CDUP (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 CDUP successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CDUP (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 CDUP successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> CWD / (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 250 CWD successful. "/" is current directory. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,244 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR a/a.txt (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,245 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR a/b/ab.txt (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,246 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR c/c.txt (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,247 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR root1.txt (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> PORT 127,0,0,1,207,248 (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 200 Port command successful (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> RETR root2.txt (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 150 Opening data channel for file transfer. (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 226 Transfer OK (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> QUIT (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> 221 Goodbye (000154) 7/05/2010 19:46:13 - example (127.0.0.1)> disconnected.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 242 243 244 245 246 247  | Next Page >